Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge Reference Manual 00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

Add to my manuals
258 Pages

advertisement

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge Reference Manual 00809-0100-5900, Rev CA | Manualzz

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge

www.rosemount-tg.com

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S

Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge

NOTICE

Read this manual before working with the product. For personal and system safety, and for optimum product performance, make sure you thoroughly understand the contents before installing, using, or maintaining this product.

For equipment service or support needs, contact your local Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount Tank Gauging representative.

Spare Parts

Any substitution of non-recognized spare parts may jeopardize safety. Repair, e.g. substitution of components etc, may also jeopardize safety and is under no circumstances allowed.

Rosemount Tank Radar AB will not take any responsibility for faults, accidents, etc caused by non-recognized spare parts or any repair which is not made by

Rosemount Tank Radar AB.

Specific ETSI Requirements (Europe)

The Rosemount 5900S is required to be installed at a permanent fixed position at a closed

(not open) metallic tank or reinforced concrete tank, or similar enclosure structure made of comparable attenuating material. Flanges and attachments of the Rosemount 5900S equipment shall provide the necessary microwave sealing by design.

Manholes or connection flanges at the tank shall be closed to ensure a low-level leakage of the signal into the air outside the tank.

Installation and maintenance of the Rosemount 5900S equipment shall be performed by professionally trained individuals only.

Specific FCC Requirements (USA)

Rosemount 5900S generates and uses radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used properly, that is, in strict accordance with the manufacturer´s instructions, it may violate

FCC regulations on radio frequency emission.

Rosemount TankRadar 5900S has been FCC certified under test conditions which assume a metallic tank.

Specific IC Requirements (Canada)

Radio approvals for this device apply for installation in complete enclosed container to prevent unwanted RF emission. In open air application site license is required. Installation shall be done by trained installers, in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions.

The use of this device is on a "no-interference, no-protection" basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. Devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the user's expense.

Low Emission of Microwave Radiation

The microwave radiation emitted by a Rosemount 5900S radar level gauge is very low compared to limits given by the Rec. 1999/519/EC (much less than 0.1 mW). No additional safety measures are needed.

www.rosemount-tg.com

The products described in this document are NOT designed for nuclear-qualified applications.

Using non-nuclear qualified products in applications that require nuclear-qualified hardware or products may cause inaccurate readings.

For information on Rosemount nuclear-qualified products, contact your local Rosemount

Sales Representative.

Cover Photo: 5900_coverphoto.tif

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

SECTION 1

Introduction

SECTION 2

Overview

SECTION 3

Installation

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table of Contents

1.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.2

Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.3

Manual Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.4

Technical Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.5

Service Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.6

Product Recycling/ Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.7

Packing Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.7.1

Reuse and Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

1.7.2

Energy recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

2.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.2

Main Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.3

Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2.4

System Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

2.5

Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

2.6

Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

3.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.2

Installation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.2.1

3.2.2

Horn Antenna Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Parabolic Antenna Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

3.2.3

3.2.4

Still-pipe Antenna Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

LPG/LNG Antenna Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3.3

Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3.3.1

Horn Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3.3.2

3.3.3

3.3.4

3.3.5

Parabolic Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Array Antenna - Fix version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Array Antenna - Hinged Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

LPG/LNG Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

3.4

Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

3.4.1

Cable/conduit entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

3.4.2

3.4.3

Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Cable Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

3.4.4

3.4.5

3.4.6

3.4.7

Hazardous Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

Power Budget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

The Raptor Tankbus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

3.4.8

3.4.9

Typical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

5900S in F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system. . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

3.4.10

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

3.4.11

Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

3.4.12

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

SECTION 4

Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4.2.1

4.2.2

Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.2.3

Configuration Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.3

Configuration Using Rosemount TankMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.3.1

Installation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.4

Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4.4.1

4.4.2

Tank Geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Tank Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

4.4.3

Empty Tank Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

4.5

Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

4.5.1

4.5.2

4.5.3

4.5.4

Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Tank Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Surface Echo Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Filter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

4.6

LPG Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

4.6.1

Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

4.6.2

LPG Setup Using TankMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

4.7

Calibration Using WinSetup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

4.8

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

4.8.1

Block Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

4.9

Device Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

4.9.1

Link Active Scheduler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

4.9.2

Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

4.10 General Block Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

4.10.1

Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

4.10.2

Block Instantiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

4.10.3

Factory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

4.11 Analog Input Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

4.11.1

Configure the AI Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

4.11.2

Factory Supplied AI Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

4.11.3

Application Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

4.11.4

Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

4.11.5

Filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

4.11.6

Signal Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

4.11.7

Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

4.11.8

Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

4.11.9

Alarm Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

4.11.10 Status Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

4.11.11 Advanced Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

4.12 Analog Output Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

4.12.1

Application Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

4.13 Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

4.13.1

FEATURES and FEATURES_SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

4.13.2

MAX_NOTIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

4.13.3

PlantWeb

Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

4.14 475 Field Communicator Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

4.15 Configuration Using AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

4.15.1

Volume configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

4.15.2

Advanced configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

TOC-2

Table of Contents

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

SECTION 5

Operation

SECTION 6

Service and

Troubleshooting

APPENDIX A

Reference Data

APPENDIX B

Product Certifications

Table of Contents

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.16 Plantweb Alert Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72

4.16.1

FF I/O Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73

4.16.2

Radar Level Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

4.16.3

Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

4.16.4

Alert Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

4.17 LPG Setup Using DeltaV / AMS Device Manager . . . . . . . . . . 4-77

5.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2

Viewing Measurement Data in TankMaster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5.3

Alarm Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5.3.1

PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5.4

Viewing Measurement Data in AMS Suite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

6.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.2

Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6.2.1

6.2.2

Viewing Input and Holding Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Backing Up the Gauge Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

6.2.3

6.2.4

6.2.5

6.2.6

To Recover a Backup Configuration Database . . . . . 6-6

Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Upgrading the Gauge Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Write Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6.2.7

6.2.8

Write Protection Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Logging Measurement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

6.2.9

Loading the Default Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

6.3

Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

6.3.1

6.3.2

6.3.3

6.3.4

Device Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

Warning Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

Measurement Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

6.4

Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

6.5

Transducer Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

6.6

Analog Input (AI) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

6.7

PlantWeb Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6.7.1

6.7.2

Viewing Active Alerts in AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Recommended Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

6.8

Viewing Device Status in AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

A.1

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1

A.2

Dimensional Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5

A.3

Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9

A.3.1

Transmitter Head (TH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9

A.3.2

Antenna Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-11

A.3.3

5900S Radar Level Gauge Options . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-13

B.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1

B.2

EU Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-2

B.3

Hazardous Locations Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3

B.3.1

Factory Mutual US Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3

B.3.2

Factory Mutual Canadian Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-4

B.3.3

European ATEX Directive Information . . . . . . . . . . . .B-5

B.3.4

IECEx Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-6

B.4

Approval Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-7

TOC-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

APPENDIX C

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus

Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

C.1

Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-2

C.2

Analog Input Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-6

C.2.1

Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-8

C.3

Analog Output Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-9

C.3.1

Setting the Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-10

C.4

Measurement Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-11

C.4.1

Diagnostic Device Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-16

C.5

Volume Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-17

C.6

Register Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-19

C.7

Advanced Configuration Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-21

C.8

LPG Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-24

C.8.1

Correction Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-26

C.8.2

Gas Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-26

C.9

Supported Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-27

C.9.1

Unit Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-27

TOC-4

Table of Contents

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 1

1.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

Rosemount 5900S Series

Introduction

1.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-1

1.2

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-2

1.3

Manual Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-3

1.4

Technical Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-4

1.5

Service Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-5

1.6

Product Recycling/ Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-5

1.7

Packing Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1-5

Procedures and instructions in this manual may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Refer to the safety messages listed at the beginning of each section before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Failure to follow these installation guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

• Make sure only qualified personnel perform the installation.

• Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

• Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

• Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

• Do not remove the gauge cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

Electrical shock could cause death or serious injury.

• Use extreme caution when making contact with the leads and terminals.

Any substitution of non-recognized parts may jeopardize safety. Repair, e.g. substitution of components etc., may also jeopardize safety and is under no circumstances allowed.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

1.2 SYMBOLS

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The CE marking symbolizes the conformity of the product with the applicable European

Community Directives.

The EC-Type Examination Certificate is a statement of a Notified Certification Body declaring that this product meets the

Essential Health and Safety Requirements of the ATEX directive

The FM APPROVED Mark indicates that the equipment is approved by FM Approvals according to applicable Approval Standards and is applicable for installation in hazardous locations

Protective Earth

Ground

External cabling must be approved for use in min. 81°C

1-2

Section 1. Introduction

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

1.3 MANUAL

OVERVIEW

Section 1. Introduction

Rosemount 5900S Series

This manual provides installation, configuration, and maintenance information for the Rosemount 5900S Series Radar Level Gauge.

Section 2: Overview

• Gauge components

• System overview

• Antenna types

• Installation procedure

Section 3: Installation

• Installation considerations

• Mechanical installation

• Electrical installation

Section 4: Configuration

• Basic configuration

• Advanced Configuration

• Configuration using TankMaster WinSetup

• LPG configuration

• Calibration

• F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Information

Section 5: Operation

• Viewing measurement data

• Alarm handling

Section 6: Service and Troubleshooting

• Service functions

• Troubleshooting

• Device and measurement status

• Error and warning codes

Appendix A: Reference Data

• Specifications

• Dimensional Drawings

• Ordering Information

Appendix B: Product Certifications

• European ATEX Directive information

• FM approvals

• Labels

• Drawings

Appendix C: Foundation Fieldbus Block Information

• Block Information

• Supported Units

1-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

1.4 TECHNICAL

DOCUMENTATION

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Raptor System includes the following documents:

• Rosemount Raptor System Data Sheet (704010EN)

• Rosemount 5900S Reference Manual (00809-0100-5900)

• Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual (300530EN)

• Rosemount 2240S Reference Manual (300550EN)

• Rosemount 2230 Reference Manual (300560EN)

• Raptor System Configuration Manual (300510EN)

• Rosemount 5300 Product Data Sheet (00813-0100-4530)

• Rosemount 5400 Product Data Sheet (00813-0100-4026)

• Rosemount 5300 Series Reference Manual (00809-0100-4530)

• Rosemount 5400 Series Reference Manual (00809-0100-4026)

• Rosemount TankMaster WinOpi Reference Manual (303028EN)

• Rosemount Raptor Installation Drawings

1-4

Section 1. Introduction

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

1.5 SERVICE SUPPORT

For service support contact the nearest Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount Tank Gauging representative. Contact information can be found on the web site www.rosemount-tg.com.

1.6 PRODUCT

RECYCLING/

DISPOSAL

Recycling of equipment and packaging should be taken into consideration and disposed of in accordance with local and national legislation/regulations.

The label below is put on Rosemount Tank Gauging products as a recommendation to customers if scrapping is considered.

Recycling or disposal should be done following instructions for correct separation of materials when breaking up the units.

Figure 1-1. A green label is attached to the level gauge housing

SEP

ARATE

ST

EEL & PLAST

IC

1.7 PACKING

MATERIAL

1.7.1

1.7.2

Reuse and

Recycling

Energy recovery

Rosemount Tank Radar AB is fully certified according to ISO 14001 environmental standards. By recycling the corrugated paperboard, or wooden boxes, used for shipping our products you can contribute to take care of the environment.

Experience has shown that wooden boxes can be used several times for various purposes. After careful disassembly the wooden parts may be reused.

Metal waste may be converted.

Products which have served their time may be divided into wood and metal components and the wood can be used as fuel in sufficient ovens.

Due to its low moisture content (approximately 7%) this fuel has a higher calorific value than ordinary wood fuel (moisture content approximately 20%).

When burning interior plywood the nitrogen in the adhesives may increase emissions of nitrogen oxides to the air 3-4 times more than when burning bark and splinter.

NOTE!

Landfill is not a recycling option and should be avoided.

Section 1. Introduction

1-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

1-6

Section 1. Introduction

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 2

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Figure 2-1. System integration

Rosemount 5900S Series

Overview

2.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-1

2.2

Main Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-2

2.3

Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-3

2.4

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-4

2.5

Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-11

2.6

Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2-13

The Rosemount 5900S is a two-wire radar level gauge for high accuracy non-contact measurements. The level gauge continuously emits a radar signal with varying frequency towards the product surface. This allows very accurate level measurements by processing the difference between the frequencies of the emitted and received radar signals.

The Rosemount 5900S is an integral part of the flexible Raptor system. The advanced and robust design makes it suitable for a vast range of applications.

It is designed for high accuracy level measurements as well as handling complex tank shapes and obstacles in the tank that may interfere with measurement signals.

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2240S

Temperature

TankMaster

Group Bus

Modem

2160 Field

Communication Unit

2410 Tank Hub

Primary Bus

Secondary Bus

(Non-IS)

Relay outputs

2230 Display

Tankbus

Secondary bus (IS)

The Rosemount 5900S delivers measurement data and status information to a Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub via the intrinsically safe Tankbus

(1)

.

Data from a group of tanks is buffered by a 2160 Field Communication Unit

(FCU), and is distributed via the Group Bus to a TankMaster PC, or a host system, whenever the FCU receives a request for data.

(1) The intrinsically safe Tankbus complies with the FISCO F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus standard.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

2.2 MAIN LABEL

Figure 2-2. 5900S main label

Model Code

Tag no.

Serial number

Manufacturing date

SIL Baseline

Device ID

IC ID

FCC ID

Explosion protection

Explosion protection

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

2-2

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

2.3 COMPONENTS

Figure 2-3. Rosemount 5900S components

Rosemount 5900S Series

1

2

3

4

2

6

5

1. Terminal compartment

2. Cable entries (½ - 14 NPT, M20 x 1.5 adapters)

3. Flange

4. Antenna

5. Grounding terminal

6. Weather protection hood

7. Label

8. Transmitter head with signal processing electronics

8

7

Section 2. Overview

2-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

2.4 SYSTEM

OVERVIEW

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Raptor is a state-of-the art inventory and custody transfer radar tank level gauging system. It is developed for a wide range of applications at refineries, tank farms and fuel depots, and fulfills the highest requirements on performance and safety.

The field devices on the tank communicate over the intrinsically safe

Tankbus. The Tankbus is based on a standardized fieldbus, the FISCO

(1)

F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus, and allows integration of any device supporting that protocol. By utilizing a bus powered 2-wire intrinsically safe fieldbus the power consumption is minimized. The standardized fieldbus also enables integration of other vendors’ equipment on the tank.

The Raptor product portfolio includes a wide range of components to build small or large customized tank gauging systems. The system includes various devices, such as radar level gauges, temperature transmitters, and pressure transmitters for complete inventory control. Such systems are easily expanded thanks to the modular design.

Raptor is a versatile system that is compatible with and can emulate all major tank gauging systems. Moreover, the well-proven emulation capability enables step-by-step modernization of a tank farm, from level gauges to control room solutions.

It is possible to replace old mechanical or servo gauges with modern Raptor gauges, without replacing the control system or field cabling. It is further possible to replace old HMI/SCADA-systems and field communication devices without replacing the old gauges.

There is a distributed intelligence in the various system units which continuously collect and process measurement data and status information.

When a request for information is received an immediate response is sent with updated information.

The flexible Raptor system supports several combinations to achieve redundancy, from control room to the different field devices. Redundant network configuration can be achieved at all levels by doubling each unit and using multiple control room work stations.

2-4

(1) See documents IEC 61158-2 and IEC/TS 60079-27

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 2-4. Rosemount Tank

Gauging System architecture

NON-HAZARDOUS AREA HAZARDOUS AREA

Rosemount 5900S Series

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2240S Temperature

Transmitter

TankMaster PC

2230 Display

2410 Tank Hub

Tankbus

3051S

Pressure

Transmitter

2180 Field

Bus Modem

2160 Field

Communication Unit

Group bus

TRL2 Modbus

Plant Host Computer

Plant Host Computer

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2410 Tank Hub

Segment coupler

644

644

644Temperature

Transmitter

2410 Tank Hub

Tankbus

5300 Level

Transmitter

5400 Level

Transmitter

2240S Temperature

Transmitter

TankMaster PC

644

Section 2. Overview

2-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 2-5. Rosemount Tank

Gauging system architecture for wireless systems

NON-HAZARDOUS AREA

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

HAZARDOUS AREA

THUM

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2240S Temperature

Transmitter

TankMaster PC

Smart Wireless

Gateway

2410 Tank Hub

2230

Display

Tankbus

3051S

Pressure

Transmitter

2410 Tank Hub

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

THUM

Segment coupler

644

644

644Temperature

Transmitter

2-6

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 2-6. Rosemount Tank

Gauging system architecture in a Foundation fieldbus network

NON-HAZARDOUS AREA

Rosemount 5900S Series

HAZARDOUS AREA

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2240S Temperature

Transmitter

PC

FOUNDTION Fieldbus

Power Supply

2230

Display

Segment coupler

Segment coupler

3051S

Pressure

Transmitter

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

644

644

644Temperature

Transmitter

Section 2. Overview

2-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

TankMaster HMI Software

TankMaster is a powerful Windows-based Human Machine Interface (HMI) for complete tank inventory management. It provides configuration, service, set-up, inventory, and custody transfer functions for Raptor systems and other supported instruments.

TankMaster is designed to be used in the Microsoft Windows XP and Vista environment providing easy access to measurement data from your Local

Area Network.

The TankMaster WinOpi program lets the operator monitor measured tank data. It includes alarm handling, batch reports, automatic report handling, historical data sampling as well as inventory calculations such as Volume,

Observed Density and other parameters. A plant host computer can be connected for further processing of data.

The TankMaster WinSetup program is a graphical user interface for installation, configuration and service of the different devices in the Raptor system.

Rosemount 2160 Field Communication Unit

The 2160 Field Communication Unit (FCU) is a data concentrator that continuously polls and stores data from field devices such as radar level gauges and temperature transmitters in a buffer memory. Whenever a request for data is received, the FCU can immediately send data from a group of tanks from the updated buffer memory.

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

The Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub acts as a power supply to the connected field devices in the hazardous area using the intrinsically safe Tankbus.

The 2410 collects measurement data and status information from field devices on a tank. It has two external buses for communication with various host systems.

There are two versions of the 2410 for single tank or multiple tanks operation.

The 2410 multiple tanks version supports up to 10 tanks and 16 devices. With the Rosemount 5300 and 5400 level transmitters the 2410 supports up to 5 tanks.

The 2410 is equipped with two relays which support configuration of up to 10

“virtual” relay functions allowing you to specify several source signals for each relay.

The 2410 supports Intrinsically Safe (IS) and Non-Intrinsically Safe (Non-IS) analog 4-20 mA inputs/outputs. By connecting a Smart Wireless THUM

Adapter to the IS HART 4-20 mA output, the 2410 is capable of wireless communication with a Smart Wireless Gateway in a WirelessHART network.

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge

The Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge is an intelligent instrument for measuring the product level inside a tank. Different antennas can be used in order to meet the requirements of different applications. The 5900S can measure the level of almost any product, including bitumen, crude oil, refined products, aggressive chemicals, LPG and LNG.

2-8

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S sends microwaves towards the surface of the product in the tank. The level is calculated based on the echo from the surface. No part of the 5900S is in actual contact with the product in the tank, and the antenna is the only part of the gauge that is exposed to the tank atmosphere.

The 2-in-1 version of the 5900S Radar Level Gauge has two radar modules in the same transmitter housing allowing two independent level measurements using one antenna.

Rosemount 5300 Guided Wave Radar

The Rosemount 5300 is a premium 2-wire guided wave radar for level measurements on liquids, to be used in a wide range of medium accuracy applications under various tank conditions. Rosemount 5300 includes the

5301 for liquid level measurements and the 5302 for liquid level and interface measurements.

Rosemount 5400 Radar Level Transmitter

The Rosemount 5400 is a reliable 2-wire non-contact radar level transmitter for liquids, to be used in a wide range of medium accuracy applications under various tank conditions.

Rosemount 2240S Multi-Input Temperature Transmitter

The Rosemount 2240S Multi-input Temperature Transmitter can connect up to 16 temperature spot sensors and an integrated water level sensor.

Rosemount 2230 Graphical Field Display

The Rosemount 2230 Graphical Field Display presents inventory tank gauging data such as level, temperature, and pressure. The four softkeys allow you to navigate through the different menus to provide all tank data, directly in the field. The Rosemount 2230 supports up to 10 tanks. Up to three

2230 displays can be used on a single tank.

Rosemount 644 Temperature Transmitter

The Rosemount 644 is used with single spot temperature sensors.

Rosemount 3051S Pressure Transmitter

The 3051S series consists of transmitters and flanges suitable for all kinds of applications, including crude oil tanks, pressurized tanks and tanks with / without floating roofs.

By using a 3051S Pressure Transmitter near the bottom of the tank as a complement to a 5900S Radar Level Gauge, the density of the product can be calculated and presented. One or more pressure transmitters with different scalings can be used on the same tank to measure vapor and liquid pressure.

Rosemount 2180 Field Bus Modem

The Rosemount 2180 field bus modem (FBM) is used for connecting a

TankMaster PC to the TRL2 communication bus. The 2180 is connected to the PC using either the RS232 or the USB interface.

Section 2. Overview

2-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount Smart Wireless Gateway and Rosemount Smart Wireless

THUM Adapter

A THUM Adapter allows wireless communication between a 2410 Tank Hub and a Smart Wireless Gateway. The gateway is the network manager that provides an interface between field devices and the TankMaster inventory software or host / DCS systems.

See the Raptor Technical Description (Document no. 704010en) for more information on the various devices and options.

2-10

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

2.5 ANTENNAS

Section 2. Overview

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S with Horn Antenna is designed for an 8 inch antenna to be used in small size openings on fixed roofs tanks.

The 5900S is designed for measurements of a variety of oil products and chemicals. However, for bitumen/asphalt and similar products the Parabolic antenna is recommended.

The Rosemount 5900S with Parabolic Antenna measures level of all types of liquids, from light products to bitumen/asphalt. The gauge is designed for mounting on tanks with fixed roofs and has custody transfer accuracy.

The design of the parabolic antenna provides extreme tolerance against sticky and condensing products. The narrow beam of this antenna makes it very suitable in narrow tanks with internal structures.

The Rosemount 5900S with Still-pipe Array

Antenna is used on tanks with still pipes and with all products suited for still pipes.

The gauge uses a low-loss radar propagation mode which virtually eliminates the influence of the still pipe condition. Measurement is made with highest accuracy even when the pipe is old, rusty and covered with deposits.

The Still-pipe Array Antenna fits 5, 6, 8, 10, and 12 inch pipes. It can be mounted on an existing still pipe and there is no need to take the tank out of operation during installation.

There are two versions of the 5900S with Still-pipe

Array Antenna: fixed and hinged hatch. The hinged hatch enables full pipe size product sampling or verification hand-dips.

2-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Rosemount 5900S with LPG/LNG Antenna is designed for level measurements in LPG and LNG tanks. A 4 inch still-pipe is used as a wave guide for the measurement and prevents a turbulent surface from disturbing the measurement. Radar signals are transmitted inside the pipe towards the surface.

The pressure sealing is a quarts window approved for use in pressure vessels. As standard the gauge is also equipped with a fire-proof block valve and a vapor space pressure sensor.

The Rosemount 5900S with LPG/LNG Antenna is available in two versions for 150 PSI and 300 PSI.

The Verification Pin allows you to verify measurements without opening the tank by comparing the measured distance with the actual distance to the Verification Pin.

2-12

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

2.6 INSTALLATION

PROCEDURE

Follow these steps for proper installation:

Review Installation Considerations.

See “Installation Considerations” on page 3-3.

Mount the gauge.

See “Mechanical Installation” on page 3-19.

Wire the gauge.

See “Electrical Installation” on page 3-41.

Make sure covers and cable/conduit connections are tight

Power Up the gauge

Rosemount 5900S Series

Configure the gauge.

See Section 4: Configuration.

Verify measurements

Enable the Write

Protection switch

SIL configuration

Section 2. Overview

2-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

2-14

Section 2. Overview

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 3

3.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

Rosemount 5900S Series

Installation

3.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-1

3.2

Installation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-3

3.3

Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19

3.4

Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-41

Procedures and instructions in this section may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Please refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Failure to follow safe installation and servicing guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

Make sure only qualified personnel perform the installation.

Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Do not perform any service other than those contained in this manual unless you are qualified.

To prevent ignition of flammable or combustible atmospheres, disconnect power before servicing.

Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety.

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

Do not remove the gauge cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

High voltage that may be present on leads could cause electrical shock:

Avoid contact with leads and terminals.

Make sure the main power to the transmitter is off and the lines to any other external power source are disconnected or not powered while wiring the gauge.

NOTICE

The device is designed for installation in complete enclosed container to prevent unwanted RF emission. Installation must be in accordance with local regulations and may require local radio approvals.

Installation in open air applications may be subject for site license approval.

Installation shall be done by trained installers, in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3-2

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.2 INSTALLATION

CONSIDERATIONS

When finding an appropriate location on the tank for a Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge, the conditions of the tank must be carefully considered.

The 5900S should be installed so that the influence of disturbing objects is kept to a minimum, preferably outside the radar signal beam.

Ensure that environmental conditions are within specified limits as listed in

Appendix A: Reference Data.

Ensure that the Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge is installed such that it is not exposed to higher pressure and temperature than specified in

Appendix A: Reference Data.

It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the device meets the specific inside tank installation requirements such as:

• chemical compatibility of wetted materials

• design/operation pressure and temperature

For a complete specification of the 5900S device to be installed, you can identify the model code on the attached antenna label and match with data in

“Ordering Information” on page A-9.

Do not install the Rosemount 5900S in non-intended applications, for example environments where it may be exposed to extremely intense magnetic fields or extreme weather conditions.

Antennas with plastic surfaces and painted surface, may under certain extreme conditions generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic charge.

When installing in hazardous areas ensure using tools, cleaning material etc. which can not generate electrostatic charge.

See chapters 3.2.1 to 3.2.4 for requirements and recommendations to

consider when installing a Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge with different antenna types.

Section 3. Installation

3-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.2.1

Horn Antenna

Requirements

Table 3-1. Minimum nozzle diameter for the 5900S with

Horn Antenna

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Rosemount 5900S with Horn Antenna must be installed so that there are no pipes or other obstacles that could prevent the radar beam from reaching the tank bottom unobstructed. There are two flanges available; a horizontal flange for vertical installation, and an inclined flange for installation close to the tank wall.

Please refer to mechanical installation drawings for more information on the installation requirements of the Horn Antenna and service space requirements.

Nozzle Requirements

Maximum nozzle height 330 mm.

Minimum nozzle diameter:

Flange

Horizontal flange

4° inclined flange

Minimum nozzle diameter (mm)

180

185

Figure 3-1. Nozzle requirements for the Horn Antenna Gauge

HORIZONTAL FLANGE 4° INCLINED FLANGE

Maximum height:

330 mm

Note!

For best performance the antenna should extend from the nozzle

Minimum nozzle diameter 180 mm

±1°

Minimum 800 mm for highest accuracy

Minimum 500 mm with reduced accuracy

Minimum nozzle diameter 185 mm

±1°

Maximum height:

330 mm

3-4

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Free Space Requirements

There are two flanges available for the Horn Antenna gauge. One flange has a 4° inclination and the other is horizontal. See installation drawing for flange dimensions.

The horizontal flange can be used if the wall does not intrude into the 30° wide radar beam from the Horn Antenna. If a vertical antenna axis installation is not possible without the tank wall intruding into the radar beam, the 5900S has to be directed away from the wall by using the 4° flange. The inclination is necessary to ensure maximum accuracy.

The minimum free space distance L:

Table 3-2. Minimum distance L to tank wall for the 5900S with

Horn Antenna

Flange

Horizontal flange

4° flange

Minimum distance L to tank wall (m)

Rx0.2 (R=tank reference height)

0.6

(1)

(1) In exceptional cases the 5900S with Horn Antenna can be installed closer to the tank wall if required. Please contact Emerson Process Management /

Rosemount Tank Gauging for advice.

In certain cases, when maximum accuracy is not required, the horizontal flange can be used even if the wall intrudes into the radar beam. In doubtful cases, please contact Emerson Process Management / Rosemount Tank

Gauging or one of its representatives for advice.

Figure 3-2. Two different flange options are available

Service space 550 mm

Service space 500 mm

Antenna axis

Tank wall

30° radar beam

L

Vertical plumb line

Section 3. Installation

HORIZONTAL FLANGE

Tank wall

Antenna axis

30° radar beam

4° ± 1°

L

Vertical plumb line

INCLINED FLANGE

3-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.2.2

Parabolic

Antenna

Requirements

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Inclination

The inclination of the Rosemount 5900S with Parabolic Antenna should not exceed 1.5 ° towards the center of the tank. For products with high condensation such as bitumen/asphalt applications, the radar beam should be directed vertically without any inclination.

Figure 3-3. Maximum inclination with Parabolic Antenna

3-6

Maximum inclination 1.5°

Flange Requirements

The Rosemount 5900S with Parabolic Antenna is mounted on the tank nozzle by using the Flange Ball. It is designed for easy adjustment of gauge inclination within the specified limits.

There are two versions of the Flange Ball. One that is clamped to the flange by using a nut, and another one which is welded to the flange.

The Flange Ball has to be mounted on the flange prior to mounting the gauge on the tank nozzle.

The flange needs to fulfill certain requirements in order to ensure that the radar beam is not disturbed by the tank wall. This allows the radar signal to be reflected on the product surface and transmitted back to the level gauge at a maximum signal strength.

The tank flange has to meet the following inclination requirements (see

Figure 3-4) in order to allow proper adjustment of the antenna:

• maximum 4.5° away from the tank wall

• maximum of 2° towards the tank wall

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 3-4. Maximum inclination of tank flange

Maximum inclination towards tank center Maximum inclination towards tank wall

Figure 3-5. Maximum inclination with welded flange

In case the tank flange does not meet the requirements as illustrated in

Figure 3-4, the inclination requirements for the Parabolic Antenna can still be

met by using the welded Flange Ball. The Flange Ball can be mounted at a

maximum angle of 17° to the flange as illustrated in Figure 3-5:

60 mm

< 17°

Section 3. Installation

3-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Nozzle Requirements

When installing the 5900S with Parabolic Antenna on a Ø 20" nozzle, the nozzle height must not exceed 600 mm. There has to be a free passage for the radar beam within a 5° angle from the edge of the parabolic reflector to the lower end of the nozzle.

The 5900S should be installed so that the distance between flange and product surface exceeds 800 mm. Highest accuracy is obtained for product levels below this point.

Figure 3-6. Nozzle requirements for the Rosemount 5900S with

Parabolic Antenna

Ø > 500 mm (20 inch)

Minimum 800 mm for highest accuracy

Minimum 500 mm with reduced accuracy

Recommended height: 400 mm

Maximum height: 600 mm

5° minimum 5° minimum

Ø 440 mm

Vertical plumb line

Nozzles with larger diameter may be higher than 0.6 meter as long as the requirement of 5° free passage is fulfilled.

3-8

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-7. Free space requirements for the Rosemount

5900S with Parabolic Antenna

Rosemount 5900S Series

Free Space Requirements

The radar beam of the 5900S with Parabolic Antenna is 10° wide. Obstacles

(construction bars, pipes larger than Ø 2", etc.) within the radar beam are generally not accepted, as these may result in disturbing echoes. However, in most cases, a smooth tank wall or small objects will not have any significant influence on the radar beam.

The antenna axis should be located at least 800 mm from the tank wall for best performance.

Recommended space 550 mm for installation and service

Recommended space 500 mm for installation and service

5° 5°

Free passage

Vertical plumb

Antenna axis

Max. 1.5 °

Min. 0.8 m

For evaluation contact Emerson Process Management / Rosemount Tank

Gauging.

Section 3. Installation

3-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.2.3

Still-pipe

Antenna

Requirements

The Rosemount 5900S is designed for still-pipe mounting and can be mounted on existing still-pipe flanges without taking the tank out of operation.

The Rosemount 5900S Still-pipe Array Antenna is available for pipe size 5, 6,

8, 10 and 12 inch.

There are two versions available in order to suit various requirements for easy installation and maintenance:

• The Rosemount 5900S Still-pipe Array Antenna Fix version which has a flange for easy mounting when there is no need for opening the still-pipe for hand dipping

• The Rosemount 5900S Still-pipe Array Antenna Hatch version suitable for still-pipes that need to be opened for hand dipping

Table 3-3. Antenna size and appropriate pipe inner diameter

Antenna size

(inch)

5

6

8

10

12

Still-pipe Requirements

The Rosemount 5900S Still-pipe Array Antenna fits 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 inch flanges and pipes. The adaptation is accomplished by selecting a suitable

Still-pipe Array Antenna.

The still-pipe must be vertical

(1)

within 0.5° (0.2 m over 20 m).

Table 3-3 shows the wide range of schedules and pipe inner diameters that

the Array antennas can be mounted in.

Antenna dimension

(mm)

120.2

145.2

189

243

293.5

Suitable for pipe dimension

Size Inner diameter (mm)

134.5 - 125.3

SCH10-SCH60

SCH10-SCH60

SCH20-SCH80

SCH10-SCH60

SCH 10-40-XS

161.5 - 150.3

206.3 - 193.7

264.7 - 247.7

314.7 - 298.5

3-10

(1)

Please contact Emerson Process Management / Rosemount Tank Gauging for advice if this requirement can not be met.

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-8. The flange must be horizontal within ±2°

Rosemount 5900S Series

Flange Requirements

The Rosemount 5900S with Still-pipe Array Antenna fits flanges of size 5, 6,

8, 10 and 12 inch. The gauge has a flange for sealing the tank. The tank flange must be horizontal within ±2°.

Table 3-4. Maximum area of slots and holes

Recommended Installation

When designing new tanks, an 8 inch still-pipe or larger is recommended.

This is particularly important in tanks with sticky and viscous products. See drawing 9150 070-946 “Recommended still-pipes” for more information on recommended still-pipes for the Rosemount 5900S. Before manufacturing a new still-pipe, we recommend that you contact Emerson Process

Management / Rosemount Tank Gauging for advice.

For highest performance, the total area of the slots or holes in the still-pipe

must not exceed the values shown in Table 3-4 below. The listed values refer

to the total area of the holes over the entire length of the pipe, regardless of its length. In some cases it is possible to allow a larger total area than stated in

Table 3-4. When the limits are exceeded, please contact Emerson Process

Management / Rosemount Tank Gauging for advice.

Pipe Dimension (inch)

Max Area of Slots or Holes (m

2

)

5

0.1

6

0.1

8

0.4

10

0.80

12

1.2

Section 3. Installation

3-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 3-9. Free space requirements for 5900S with

Array antenna Fix version

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Free Space

The following free space is recommended for mounting the 5900S with

Still-pipe Array Antenna:

Recommended space 550 mm for installation and service

Minimum 800 mm for highest accuracy

Minimum 500 mm with reduced accuracy

Figure 3-10. Free space requirements for 5900S with

Array antenna Hatch version

Antenna size (inch)

5

6

8

10

12

Space B (mm)

470

470

480

490

490

Recommended space 500 mm for installation and service

Minimum 800 mm for highest accuracy

Minimum 500 mm with reduced accuracy

Space (B) for opening

Product surface

Product surface

Recommended space 500 mm for installation and service

3-12

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.2.4

LPG/LNG

Antenna

Requirements

Rosemount 5900S Series

Temperature and Pressure Measurement

Measurements of temperature and pressure is a prerequisite for high accuracy level measurements in LPG/LNG tanks. A Raptor system may include 5900S Radar Level Gauges, 2240S Multi-input Temperature

Transmitters, 644 Temperature Transmitters as well as pressure transmitters in order to obtain all necessary measurement variables.

Still-pipe and Verification Pin

A still-pipe must be installed prior to the gauge installation. The still-pipe is customer supplied and should be manufactured according to the installation drawings.

Three types of steel pipe are recommended:

• DN100

• 4 inch SCH 10 stainless steel pipe

• 4 inch SCH 40 stainless steel pipe

When ordering the level gauge specify the pipe type in the Required System

Information (RSI) form.

The still-pipe must be vertical within ±0.5° and the customer flange must be

horizontal within ±1° as illustrated in Figure 3-11 on page 3-14.

The still-pipe is manufactured with a number of holes to allow proper circulation of the product, and to ensure equalization of product density inside and outside the pipe. The hole diameter should be 20 mm or 3/4”. All holes in the upper still-pipe section must be placed along a line on one side of the pipe.

The Verification Pin allows you to verify 5900S level measurements when the tank is pressurized. It is mounted on the still-pipe in a hole oriented 90 degrees to the other holes.

The Verification Pin should be placed at a position of 1200 mm below the

flange as illustrated in Figure 3-11 on page 3-14. There must be a minimum

distance of 200 mm between the Verification Pin and the maximum product level. In order to fulfill this requirement, the Verification Pin may be mounted higher, up to 1000 mm below the flange.

The Verification Pin must be aligned with a bolt hole on the still-pipe flange as

illustrated in Figure 3-11. The Verification Pin’s position must be clearly marked on the still-pipe flange (see Figure 3-11) to allow proper alignment of

the 5900S gauge.

See installation drawing 9240 041-910 for LPG/LNG Still-pipe for information on how to install the Verification Pin on the still-pipe. Installation instructions are enclosed with the Verification Pin and Deflection Plate.

See “LPG Configuration” on page 4-20 and the Raptor System Configuration

Manual, Document No. 300510EN for further information on how to configure the 5900S for LPG/LNG measurements.

Section 3. Installation

3-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 3-11. Installation of

Verification Pin and inclination requirements for flange and still-pipe

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Mark on still-pipe flange

1000 < L < 2500 mm

Recommended:

1200 mm

Min. 200 mm

Product surface

Hole for Verification Pin

Ø 20 mm

Holes for density equalization;

Ø 20 mm (3/4 in.)

Bolt hole

The Verification Pin is directed towards the bolt hole at the pipe flange marking

Flange seen from above

Align Verification Pin and bolt hole within 1°

500 mm

Maximum 1°

3-14

Maximum 0.5°

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-12. Still-pipe with

Deflection Plate and Verification

Pin

Rosemount 5900S Series

Deflection Plate with Calibration Ring

A Deflection Plate is mounted at the lower end of the still-pipe and is integrated with a ring that is used for calibrating the gauge during the installation phase when the tank is empty. Installation instructions are enclosed with the Verification Pin and Deflection Plate.

Still-pipe

Section 3. Installation

Calibration ring

Deflection plate

Support

Min. 150 mm

The Deflection Plate can be attached to the still-pipe by using one of three methods:

• Welding

• M4 screw and nut

• Riveting

For pipe dimensions 4 inch SCH 40 and DN 100, an extra ring is needed for

the Deflection Plate as illustrated in Figure 3-13 and Figure 3-14.

See “LPG Configuration” on page 4-20 and the Raptor System Configuration

Manual, Document No. 300510EN for further information on how to configure the 5900S for LPG/LNG measurements.

3-15

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 3-13. Mounting the

Deflection Plate on pipe 4 inch

SCH 40

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Ring is marked 4” SCH40

Figure 3-14. Mounting the

Deflection Plate on pipe DN 100

Ring is marked DN100

3-16

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-15. Free space requirements for 5900S with

LPG/LNG antenna

Rosemount 5900S Series

Free Space

The following free space is recommended for mounting the 5900S with

LPG/LNG Antenna:

Recommended space 550 mm for installation and service

Optional pressure transmitter

Recommended space 1000 mm for installation and service

Minimum 1200 mm to product surface for highest accuracy

Minimum 800 mm with reduced accuracy

Product surface

Section 3. Installation

3-17

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Extension Pipe for Minimum Distance

The 5900S Radar Level Gauge should be placed such that there is a minimum gap of 1200 mm between the flange and the maximum product level

(see “Still-pipe and Verification Pin” on page 3-13). If necessary, an extension

pipe can be used to raise the level gauge. This will allow measurements closer to the top of the tank than would otherwise be possible, as illustrated in

Figure 3-16.

Figure 3-16. Rosemount 5900S with extension pipe

Extension pipe

Minimum 1200 mm to product surface

3-18

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.3 MECHANICAL

INSTALLATION

3.3.1

Horn Antenna

Rosemount 5900S Series

Follow this instruction when installing the Rosemount 5900S with Horn

Antenna. See “Horn Antenna Requirements” on page 3-4 for information on

mounting considerations before installing the gauge on the tank.

Horn antenna and flange assembly

Gasket (Customer supplied)

Customer supplied flange

Nozzle

1. Check that all parts and tools are available before carrying them up to the tank roof.

2. Put a gasket on the socket and carefully insert the horn antenna and flange assembly.

3. Tighten the flange with required torque depending on gasket and flange type by using suitable screws and nuts (customer supplied).

Groove

Adapter

Four M10 screws and washers

Adapter

90°

Tank center

4. Put the adapter on the flange.

The groove on the adapter should be directed approximately 90° to the line of sight from the nozzle to the center of the tank.

5. Tighten the four M10 screws with washers by hand so that the adapter can be rotated.

Section 3. Installation

3-19

Rosemount 5900S Series

Transmitter head

Nut

Adapter

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6. Put the transmitter head onto the antenna adapter.

7. Ensure that the guide pin inside the transmitter head fits the groove on the adapter.

8. Tighten the nut that connects the transmitter head to the adapter.

Tank

45°

Weather

Protection Hood

45°

Tank center

Line of sight

9. The lid on top of the transmitter head has cross hairs that can be used to properly align the 5900S gauge. In case the weather protection hood is attached, the gauge can be aligned by using a line of sight along the screws on top of the head.

10. Ensure that the gauge is directed at an angle of 45° to the line of sight from the center of the tank to the nozzle.

11. Tighten the adapter screws

(4



M10).

12. In case the Weather Protection Hood was removed, put it back on top of the head and tighten the screw.

13. Connect the electrical cabling and configure the gauge by using the

TankMaster WinSetup software (see the Raptor System Configuration

Manual, Document No. 300510EN)

3-20

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.3.2

Parabolic

Antenna

Rosemount 5900S Series

Mounting the clamped Flange Ball

To mount the clamped Flange Ball do the following:

Recess

1. Use a flange of thickness 6 - 30 mm.

2. Make sure that the diameter of the hole is 96 mm.

Make a small recess at one side of the flange hole.

Section 3. Installation

Flange Ball

Nut

3. Put the O-ring on the flange and insert the Flange Ball into the hole.

Make sure that the pin on the side of the Flange Ball fits into the recess on the flange.

4. Tighten the nut so that the Flange

Ball fits tightly to the flange (torque

50 Nm).

3-21

Rosemount 5900S Series

Mounting the welded Flange Ball

To mount the welded Flange Ball do the following:

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

116±2 mm

1. For horizontal mounting according to

requirements in chapter “Parabolic

Antenna Requirements” on page 3-6, make sure that the

diameter of the hole is 116 ± 2 mm.

2. In case the flange requirements in

chapter “Parabolic Antenna

Requirements” on page 3-6 is not

met, the hole needs to be machined to an oval shape prepared for inclined welding of the Flange Ball.

Protection plate

Flange Ball

3. Let the protection plates remain on the Flange Ball until the welding is finished. These plates protect the surface of the Flange Ball from welding sparks.

Groove

4. Make sure that the Flange Ball is mounted in such a way that the grove is directed upwards when the flange is mounted on the tank nozzle.

3-22

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

60 mm

Protection plate

< 17°

Rosemount 5900S Series

5. If the tank flange is inclined, make sure that the Flange Ball is welded so that the Flange Ball is horizontal when it is mounted on the tank.

The tank flange inclination should not exceed 17 degrees.

6. Remove the protection plates when the Flange Ball is welded to the flange.

Protection plate

Section 3. Installation

3-23

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Mounting the Parabolic Antenna

Follow this instruction when installing the Parabolic antenna. See “Parabolic

Antenna Requirements” on page 3-6 for considerations before installing the

gauge on the tank.

M5x5

1. Check that all parts and tools are available before carrying them up to the tank top.

2. Fit the Parabolic Reflector onto the

Antenna Feeder and tighten the five

M5 screws.

Parabolic Reflector

Antenna Feeder

3. Tighten the screws.

3-24

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4. Put the two O-rings in the grooves on the upper surface of the Flange Ball.

2 O-rings

Grooves

Tab Washer

Finger Nut

Stop Washer

Flange

Flange Ball

Flange

Nut

Antenna label plate

Washer Ball

5. Turn the flange around and insert the

Antenna Waveguide into the flange hole.

6. Mount the washers and nuts.

7. Note that the purpose of the Stop

Washer is to prevent the antenna from falling down into the tank.

Therefore it fits tightly to the Antenna

Waveguide.

Antenna Waveguide

Section 3. Installation

3-25

Rosemount 5900S Series

Finger Nut

Upper Nut

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

8. Tighten the finger nut and the upper nut by hand.

Antenna Waveguide

Flange

9. Place the antenna and flange assembly on the tank nozzle and tighten the flange screws.

Antenna

Nozzle

3-26

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Antenna

Waveguide

Nut

Finger Nut

Rosemount 5900S Series

10. Put the level gauge on the Antenna

Waveguide. Ensure that the guide pin inside the transmitter head fits into the groove on the Antenna

Waveguide.

11. Tighten the nut that connects the transmitter head to the antenna.

Tank

45°

Tank center

Line of sight

12. Loosen the finger nut slightly.

13. The lid on top of the transmitter head has cross hairs that can be used to properly align the transmitter. In case the weather protection hood is attached, the 5900S can be aligned by using a line of sight along the screws on top of the transmitter head.

14. Ensure that the gauge is directed at an angle of 45° to the line of sight from the center of the tank to the wall.

Section 3. Installation

3-27

Rosemount 5900S Series

Marks

0.5°

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

15. Use the marks on the Washer Ball to adjust the gauge so the antenna is inclined roughly 1.5° towards the center of the tank.

Note: For products with high condensation, such as bitumen, the gauge should be mounted with 0° inclination in order to achieve maximum signal strength.

16. Tighten the finger nut.

Incline antenna 1.5° towards the tank center

Finger Nut

3

2

2,5 1,5 0,5

0

1

2

1

0

3

0,5 1,5 2,5

17. You may use a level (optional) to verify correct inclination of 1.5° towards the tank center. Ensure that the level is put on a flat and steady surface on top of the transmitter head.

If needed, loosen the finger nut and adjust the gauge.

Note: Make sure the air bubble touches, but doesn't overlap the 1.5° mark.

18. Tighten the finger nut firmly.

3-28

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Weather

Protection Hood

Finger Nut

Rosemount 5900S Series

19. In case the Weather Protection Hood was removed, put it back on top of the transmitter head and tighten the screw.

Upper Nut

20. Tighten the upper nut to lock the finger nut (you may temporarily remove the transmitter head to make room for tools if needed), and secure by folding the tab washer over the nut.

21. Connect the electrical cabling and configure the gauge by using the

TankMaster WinSetup software (see the Raptor System Configuration

Manual, Document No. 300510EN).

Section 3. Installation

3-29

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.3.3

Array Antenna -

Fix version

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Follow this Step by Step instruction when installing the Array Antenna Fixed

version. See “Still-pipe Antenna Requirements” on page 3-10 for information

on mounting considerations before installing the gauge on the tank.

Nut

Antenna label plate

1. Insert the Antenna Waveguide into the flange hole, and place the antenna label into position, with text down.

Antenna

Waveguide

Nut

2. Tighten the nut.

3. Secure the nut by folding the tab on the label plate over the nut.

4. Bend the antenna label plate at the slot mark to a position with the text clearly visible.

3-30

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

5. Put the antenna and flange assembly on the tank nozzle and tighten the flange screws.

Weather

Protection Hood

Spacer

Nut Antenna

Waveguide

Groove

6. Carefully put the gauge on top of the

Antenna Waveguide and tighten the nut. Ensure that the guide pin inside the transmitter head fits the groove on the Waveguide.

7. In case the Weather Protection Hood was removed, put it back on top of the transmitter head and tighten the screw.

Section 3. Installation

3-31

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

8. Connect the electrical cabling and configure the 5900S by using the

TankMaster WinSetup software, see the Raptor System Configuration

Manual (Document No. 300510EN).

3-32

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.3.4

Array Antenna -

Hinged Hatch

Rosemount 5900S Series

Follow this instruction when installing the Array antenna Hinged Hatch version.

Gasket

1. Mount the hatch on the nozzle. The hatch has a welded flange with a hole pattern that fits the nozzle flange.

2. Tighten the flange screws. The smaller hatches may have a couple of pin bolts in addition to the screws.

Antenna

Antenna Waveguide

Groove

3. Mount the antenna on the lid. Ensure that the guide pin inside the lid fits the groove on the Antenna

Waveguide.

Section 3. Installation

3-33

Rosemount 5900S Series

Nut

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4. Tighten the nut which holds the antenna to the lid.

Hand Dip Plate

O-ring

5. Check that the O-ring is properly seated all around the cover and is pressed down behind the Hand Dip

Plate.

3-34

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Tighten the locking screw

Antenna Waveguide

Rosemount 5900S Series

6. Close the lid and tighten the locking screw.

Weather

Protection Hood

Spacer

Nut

Groove

Antenna

Waveguide

7. Carefully put the gauge on top of the

Antenna Waveguide and tighten the nut. Ensure that the guide pin inside the transmitter head fits the groove on the Antenna Waveguide.

8. In case the Weather Protection Hood was removed, put it back on top of the transmitter head and tighten the screw..

Section 3. Installation

3-35

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

9. Connect the electrical cabling and configure the gauge by using the

TankMaster WinSetup software (see the Raptor System Configuration

Manual, Document No. 300510EN)

3-36

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.3.5

LPG/LNG

Antenna

Rosemount 5900S Series

Follow this step by step instruction when installing the LPG/LNG antenna.

See “LPG/LNG Antenna Requirements” on page 3-13 for information on

mounting considerations before installing the gauge on the tank.

NOTE!

There must be a mark on the still-pipe flange to show the direction of the

Verification Pin. Carefully check that the closing is aligned to the mark on the still-pipe flange as described below.

Ball valve

1. Ensure that all parts and tools are available before carrying them to the tank top.

2. Install the still-pipe according to mechanical installation drawing

9240041-910.

3. Check that the cone antenna fits into the still-pipe. The gap between the cone antenna and the pipe must not exceed 2 mm.

Maximum 2 mm

Protection cap

Closing

4. Mount the antenna on the closing using four M6 Allen head screws. Be careful when handling the closing and antenna assembly. It is important that the antenna is undamaged without dents.

Let the protection cap remain on the waveguide until the antenna is installed.

Four M6 screws

Antenna

Section 3. Installation

3-37

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Align mark with notch on the pipe flange

Notch that indicates direction of the

Verification Pin

Closing

Still-pipe flange

Nozzle

5. Place a gasket (customer supplied) on the still-pipe flange.

6. Carefully fit the antenna into the still-pipe.

7. Direct the closing so that the mark aligns with the notch on the pipe flange.

8. Tighten the closing onto the still-pipe flange (customer supplied screws and nuts).

9. The tank is now sealed and can, as far as Rosemount Tank Gauging equipment is concerned, be pressurized.

NOTE!

For a safe installation on a pressurized tank it is important that the gauge is installed in accordance with the appropriate local, national, and international standards, codes, and practices.

Protection cap

Do not remove this cone!

10. Remove the yellow protection cap from the waveguide.

Do not remove the rubber cone.

3-38

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Pressure transmitter

Four M10 screws

Adapter

Bracket

Groove

Mark

Flange

Ball valve

Mark

Holes for guide pins

Rosemount 5900S Series

Adapter

Entry for pressure transmitter

Closing

11. Put the adapter on the flange.

Ensure that the guide pins on the flange fit the holes at the bottom of the adapter.

12. Ensure that the mark on top of the adapter aligns with the mark on the closing.

13. Mount the bracket and the pressure transmitter.

14. Tighten the four M10 screws with washers.

15. Connect the pipe at the pressure transmitter input to the entry on the flange and tighten the nut.

Pressure transmitter

Bracket for pressure transmitter

Still-pipe

5900S level gauge

Nut

Adapter

Verification Pin

16. Put the 5900S radar gauge on the adapter. Ensure that the guide pin inside the waveguide of the 5900S fits the groove on the adapter.

Note! The adapter has two grooves.

Use the one that allows the transmitter head to be aligned with the Verification

Pin as illustrated below in step 18.

The direction of the Verification Pin is indicated by marks on the still-pipe

flange and the closing. See “LPG/LNG

Antenna Requirements” on page 3-13

for more information.

(The second groove on the adapter is used for measurement verification when replacing a TankRadar Rex level gauge with a Raptor 5900S).

17. Tighten the nut that connects the transmitter head to the adapter.

Section 3. Installation

3-39

Rosemount 5900S Series

5900 level gauge

Mark that indicates direction of the

Verification Pin

Verification Pin

Cover on the terminal compartment

Pressure transmitter

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Still-pipe

18. Verify that the level gauge head is properly aligned. The cover on the terminal compartment shall be parallel with the Verification Pin.

The notch on the still-pipe flange indicates the direction of the

Verification Pin.

19. Connect the electrical cabling and configure the gauge by using the

TankMaster WinSetup software, see the Raptor System Configuration

Manual (Document no. 300510EN).

20. Configure the level gauge for LPG

measurements (see “LPG

Configuration” on page 4-20).

3-40

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.4 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

3.4.1

Cable/conduit entries

The electronics housing has two entries for ½ - 14 NPT. Optional M20×1.5, minifast and eurofast adapters are also available. The connections must be made in accordance with local or plant electrical codes.

Make sure that unused ports are properly sealed to prevent moisture or other contamination from entering the terminal block compartment of the electronics housing.

NOTE!

Use the enclosed metal plugs to seal unused ports. The plastic plugs mounted at delivery are not sufficient as seal!

NOTE!

It is recommended that a sealant of type PTFE is used to prevent water ingress and to enable future removal of the plug/gland.

NPT is a standard for tapered threads. Engage the gland with 5 to 6 threads.

Note that there will be a number of threads left outside the housing as illustrated below.

Figure 3-17. Cable entry with

NPT threaded gland

The NPT threaded gland leaves a number of threads outside the housing

3.4.2

Grounding

Section 3. Installation

Ensure that glands for the cable entries meet requirements for IP class 66 and

67.

The housing should always be grounded in accordance with national and local electrical codes. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment. The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance. There are three grounding screw connections provided. Two are located inside the terminal compartment of the housing and the third is located on the housing. The internal ground screws are identified by a ground symbol:

.

NOTE!

Grounding the transmitter via threaded conduit connection may not provide sufficient ground.

Grounding - Foundation Fieldbus

Signal wiring of the fieldbus segment can not be grounded. Grounding out one of the signal wires may shut down the entire fieldbus segment.

3-41

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.4.3

Cable Selection

Shield Wire Ground

To protect the fieldbus segment from noise, grounding techniques for shield wire usually require a single grounding point for shield wire to avoid creating a ground loop. The ground point shall be located at the power supply.

The Raptor devices designed for “daisy-chain” connection offer an isolated shield loop-through terminal in order to enable a continuous shield throughout the Tankbus network.

In order to avoid unintentional grounding points, the cable shield inside the terminal compartment must be isolated.

Use shielded twisted pair wiring for the Rosemount 5900S Series in order to comply with FISCO

(1)

requirements and EMC regulations. The preferred cable is referred to as type “A” fieldbus cable. The cables must be suitable for the supply voltage and approved for use in hazardous areas, where applicable. In the U.S. explosion-proof conduits may be used in the vicinity of the vessel.

We recommend cable size 1.0 mm

2

or 18 AWG in order to facilitate wiring.

However, cables within the range 0.5 to 1.5 mm

2 or 20 to 16 AWG can be used.

The FISCO F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus specification requires that cables for the

Raptor Tankbus comply with the following cable parameters:

Table 3-5. FISCO cable parameters

Parameter

Loop resistance

Loop inductance

Capacitance

Maximum length of each spur cable

Maximum cable length including trunk and spurs

Value

15

/km to 150/km

0.4 mH/km to 1 mH/km

45 nF/km to 200 nF/km

60 m in apparatus class IIC and IIB

1000 m in apparatus class IIC and 1900 m in apparatus class IIB

3.4.4

Hazardous Areas

When the Rosemount 5900S level gauge is installed in hazardous areas, local regulations and specifications in applicable certificates must be observed.

3.4.5

Power

Requirements

The Rosemount 5900S is powered over the intrinsically safe Tankbus by the

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub. The 2410 feeds the intrinsically safe fieldbus segment by acting as a FISCO power supply on the Tankbus.

When installed in a F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus system without a 2410 Tank Hub, the 5900S is powered by the FF segment.

3.4.6

Power Budget

The Rosemount 5900S power consumption is 50 mA for standard devices and 100 mA for the 2-in-1 versions. This has to be considered when connecting field devices to the Tankbus. See section “Power Budget” in the

Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual (Document No. 300530EN) for more information.

(1)

See IEC 61158-2 and IEC/TS 60079-27:2002.

3-42

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.4.7

The Raptor

Tankbus

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Raptor system is easy to install and wire. Devices can be “daisy-chained” thus reducing the number of external junction boxes.

In a Raptor system devices communicate with a Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub via the intrinsically safe Tankbus. The Tankbus complies with the FISCO

(1)

F

OUNDATION

fieldbus standard. The Rosemount 2410 acts as power supply to the field devices on the Tankbus. A FISCO system enables more field devices to be connected to the segment compared to conventional IS systems based on the entity concept.

Termination

A terminator is needed at each end of a F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus network.

Generally, one terminator is placed in the fieldbus power supply, and the other one in the last device in the fieldbus network.

NOTE!

Ensure that there are two terminators on the fieldbus.

In a Raptor system the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub acts as power supply.

Since the 2410 normally is the first device in the fieldbus segment, the built-in termination is enabled at factory

Other Raptor devices such as the standard version of the Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge, the Rosemount 2230 Graphical Field Display, and the

Rosemount 2240S Multi-input Temperature Transmitter also have built-in terminators which can easily be enabled by inserting a jumper in the terminal block when necessary.

Segment design

When designing a FISCO fieldbus segment a few requirements need to be considered. Cabling has to comply with FISCO requirements as described in

“Cable Selection” on page 3-42.

You will also have to ensure that the total operating current of the connected field devices is within the output capability of the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub.

The 2410 is able to deliver 250

(2)

mA. Consequently, the number of field devices has to be considered so that the total current consumption is less

than 250 mA, see “Power Budget” on page 3-42.

Another requirement is to ensure that all field devices have at least 9 V input voltage at their terminals. Therefore you will have to take into account the voltage drop in the fieldbus cables.

Distances are normally quite short between the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub and field devices on the tank. In many cases you can use existing cables as

long as the FISCO requirements are fulfilled (see “Cable Selection” on page 3-42).

See chapter “The Raptor Tankbus” in the Rosemount 2410 Reference

Manual (Document no. 305030EN) for more information on segment design of a Raptor system.

(1) FISCO=Fieldbus Intrinsically Safe Concept

(2) In Smart Wireless Systems the 2410 can deliver 200 mA on the Tankbus

Section 3. Installation

3-43

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.4.8

Typical installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The example below (Figure 3-18) illustrates a system with daisy-chained field devices on a single tank. Terminators are installed at both ends of the fieldbus segment as required in a F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system. In this case terminators are enabled in the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub and a field device at the end of the network segment.

In addition to the field instruments on the Tankbus, Figure 3-18 illustrates how an instrument such as a pressure transmitter can be connected to the intrinsically safe 4 -20 mA analog input of the 2410 Tank Hub.

Figure 3-18. Example of a

Tankbus connection for a single tank

Tankbus length up to 1000 meter depending on number of devices and cable type

5900S Radar

Level Gauge

2240S Multi-input Temperature

Transmitter

Built-in terminator enabled on the last device

2410 Tank Hub with intrinsically safe power supply, integrated power conditioner, and built-in terminator

2230 Display

Tankbus

IS Analog Input

(Secondary bus)

3051S Pressure

Transmitter

Maximum number of HART

Slave Devices:

Passive current loop: 5

Active current loop: 3

The maximum distance between the 2410 Tank Hub and the field devices on the tank depends on the number of devices connected to the Tankbus and the quality of cables.

See chapter “Electrical Installation” in the Rosemount 2410 Reference

Manual (Document no. 305030EN) for more information about cable selection, power budget, and the 2410 Tankbus.

See also “Typical Installations” in the Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual

(Document no. 305030EN) for more examples of how to install systems that include the 2410 Tank Hub.

3-44

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.4.9

5900S in

F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system

The Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge supports the F

OUNDATION

fieldbus

(FF) technology and lets you integrate a 5900S into an existing FF network.

As long as the power supply meets certain requirements (see Figure 3-19 and

Figure 3-20) the 5900S

(1)

will be able to operate as any other FF device.

Figure 3-19. Example of an I.S.

F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system with Raptor devices

2230 Display

I.S. Power Supply

FISCO/Entity compliant

FM USA, FM Canada:

AIS Class I, Division 1

ATEX and IECEx:

Ex [ia], or Ex [ib] (FISCO)

Ex [ia] (Entity)

Trunk

Segment

Coupler

644 Temperature

Transmitter

5900S Radar Level

Gauge

Ensure that the power supply is able to provide the total current needed for all

the connected devices. See “Power Requirements” on page 3-42 and “Power

Budget” on page 3-42 for further information.

Ensure that the 5900S and other devices connected to the F

OUNDATION fieldbus (FF) system are compliant with the FISCO or Entity parameters of the power supply.

Ensure that the short circuit protection of the Segment Coupler

(2) current consumption of the connected devices.

matches the

Figure 3-20. Example of a

Non-I.S. F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system with Raptor devices

SAFE AREA

Non-I.S. Power Supply

HAZARDOUS AREA

2230 Display

Barrier

644 Temperature

Transmitter

IS Trunk

Segment

Coupler

5900S Radar Level

Gauge

FISCO/Entity compliant

FM USA, FM Canada:

AIS Class I, Division 1

ATEX and IECEx:

Ex [ia], or Ex [ib] (FISCO)

Ex [ia] (Entity)

(1) See Appendix B: Product Certifications for 5900S approval information

(2) See the Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual (Document No. 300530EN) for more information on the Segment Coupler.

Section 3. Installation

3-45

Rosemount 5900S Series

3.4.10 Wiring

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

To connect the Rosemount 5900S level gauge:

1. Ensure that the power supply is switched off.

2. Remove the cover on the terminal compartment.

3. Run the wires through the appropriate cable gland/conduits.

Install cables with a drip loop in such a way that the lower part of the loop is under the cable/conduit entry.

4. Connect wires as described in “Terminal Blocks” on page 3-49.

5. Ensure that the positive lead is connected to the terminal marked FB+ and the negative lead to the terminal marked FB-.

6. Use metal plugs to seal unused ports.

7. Attach and tighten the cover on the terminal compartment. Make sure that the cover is fully engaged to meet explosion-proof requirements and to prevent water from entering the terminal compartment.

8. Tighten the cable gland/conduit. Note that adapters are required for M20 glands.

NOTE!

Ensure that o-rings and seats are in good condition prior to mounting the cover in order to maintain the specified level of ingress protection. The same requirements apply for cable inlets and outlets (or plugs). Cables must be properly attached to the cable glands.

Figure 3-21. Terminal compartment

6

3

1

4

Cable glands

Internal Ground screws

Terminals for signal and power supply

Locking screw (Flameproof version)

External Ground screw

Cover

2

5

1

3-46

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Conductor Recommendations

Ensure that you use cables suitable for the terminal block of the 5900S. The terminal block is designed for cables that meet the specifications as illustrated below.

Figure 3-22. Conductor and insulation requirements

Conductor insulation, maximum diameter Ø: 2.9 mm

Stripping length: 8 to 9 mm

Conductor cross-sectional area,

see Table 3-6

Table 3-6. Conductor cross-sectional area

Conductor connection

Solid

Flexible

With wire end ferrule

With plastic collar ferrule

Cross-section

Minimum

0.2 mm

2

/ AWG 24

0.2 mm

2

/ AWG 24

0.25 mm

2

/ AWG 24

0.25 mm

2

/ AWG 24

Maximum

1.5 mm

2

/AWG16

1.5 mm

2

/AWG16

1.5 mm

2

/AWG16

0.75 mm

2

/AWG19

In case conductor insulation diameter exceeds 2.9 mm it may not be possible to insert cable properly into the terminal block. In such a case the stripping length may have to be increased. Adjust stripping length such that no bare conductor appears outside the terminal when conductor is attached to the terminal block.

Section 3. Installation

3-47

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

A solid conductor, or a flexible conductor with end ferrule, can easily be pushed into the terminal block without using any tools. In case a flexible

(stranded) conductor is used, you will have to push the release button in order to insert the conductor.

Figure 3-23. A solid conductor or a conductor with end ferrule can easily be pushed into the terminal block

Terminal block

Release buttons

Conductor

Figure 3-24. Push the button to release the conductor from the terminal block

To disconnect, push the release button and remove the conductor.

Terminal block

Release buttons

1

2

Conductor

3-48

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.4.11 Terminal Blocks

Figure 3-25. Rosemount 5900S terminal compartment

Test terminals

Rosemount 5900S Series

Test terminals

FB+

FB-

FB-

FB+

Ground terminals, internal

Table 3-7. Terminal block connections for the 5900S

Connection

X1: Tankbus in

X2: Terminate on

X3: Shield loop through

X4: Tankbus out

Test terminals

Description

Intrinsically safe Tankbus input, power and communication (spur in F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system)

The integrated line terminator is connected over the Tankbus when a jumper is placed in the terminal block

Cable shield daisy-chain connector (not grounded)

Tankbus output connected to X1 for optional daisy-chain connection to other devices

Test terminals for temporary connection of a Field Communicator

The X1 terminal is connected to the intrinsically safe Raptor Tankbus.

A jumper on the X2 terminal enables the built-in termination. The termination should be used if the Rosemount 5900S gauge is installed at the end of a

Tankbus network. See “The Raptor Tankbus” on page 3-43 for more

information on how to terminate the Raptor Tankbus.

The X3 terminal is used for connecting the cable shield in order to enable a continuous shield throughout the Tankbus network.

The X4 terminal can be used for “daisy-chain” connection to other Raptor devices such as the Rosemount 2240S Multi-input Temperature Transmitter,

or the Rosemount 2230 Graphical Field Display, see also Figure 3-28 on page 3-52.

Section 3. Installation

3-49

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Terminal Block Two-in-One Version

The Rosemount 5900S Two-in-One version can be connected to a single

Tankbus or two separate Tankbuses.

Figure 3-26. Terminal compartment.2-in-1 version

Two tankbuses

Test terminals

Single tankbus

Test terminals

FB+

FB-

FB-

FB-

FB+

FB+

FB+

FB-

Ground terminals, internal

Jumpers between

X3 and X4

When using two separate tankbuses, connect X1 to Tankbus 1 and X4 to

Tankbus 2.

Table 3-8. Terminal Block connections for the 5900S with two tankbuses

Connection

X1: Primary Tankbus in

X2: Primary Terminate on

X3: Primary Tankbus out

X4: Secondary Tankbus in

Test terminals

Two-in-One / Two tankbuses

Intrinsically safe Tankbus input for level gauge 1, power and communication

Termination for primary tankbus. The integrated line terminator is connected over the Tankbus when a jumper is placed in the terminal block.

Primary Tankbus output connected to X1 for optional daisy-chain connection to other devices

Intrinsically safe Tankbus input for level gauge 2, power and communication

Test terminals for temporary connection of a Field Communicator

Connect to X1 when using a single tankbus, and jumpers between X3 and X4.

Table 3-9. Terminal Block connections for the 5900S with single tankbus

Connection

X1: Primary Tankbus in

X2: Primary Terminate on

Two-in-One / Single tankbus

Intrinsically safe Tankbus input, power and communication

Termination for primary tankbus. The integrated line terminator is connected over the Tankbus when a jumper is placed in the terminal block.

X3: Primary Tankbus out

X4: Secondary Tankbus in

Test terminals

Jumpers between X3 and X4

Test terminals for temporary connection of a Field Communicator

3-50

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-27. Terminal compartment

Rosemount 5900S Series

Gauge Terminal Block SIL Safety System

The Rosemount 5900S has a SIL2/SIL3 alarm output which is connected to the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub.

Test terminals

2-in-1: optional jumpers between X3 and X4 for connection to second level gauge

FB+

FB-

-

+

SIL Alarm

Ground terminals, internal

For the 2-in-1 SIL version of the Rosemount 5900S, optional jumpers are placed between terminals X3 and X4 for connection to the second radar level gauge.

Table 3-10. Terminal Block connections for the 5900S with

SIL option

Connection

X1: Primary Tankbus in

X2: Alarm

X3: Primary Tankbus out

X4: Secondary Tankbus in

Test terminals

SIL Safety System

Intrinsically safe Tankbus input, power and communication

SIL2/SIL3 alarm output

(connect to Exi terminal block on Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub)

Optional jumpers between X3 and X4 for connection to second level gauge of the Rosemount 5900S / 2-in-1 version

Test terminals for temporary connection of a Field Communicator

See the Rosemount Raptor Safety Manual for Use in Safety Instrumented

Systems (Document no. 300540en) for more information on how to setup a

Raptor SIL safety system.

Section 3. Installation

3-51

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3.4.12 Wiring Diagrams

The standard version of the Rosemount 5900S has a single intrinsically safe fieldbus input. The 5900S has a built-in termination by short-circuiting the X2 connector.

An intrinsically safe output on connector X4 can be used for “daisy-chain” connection to other devices in a Raptor system.

Connector X3 is used for a fieldbus input/output cable shield connection

(separated from chassis ground).

Figure 3-28 illustrates a typical wiring diagram with a Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge connected to a Rosemount 2240S Multi-input

Temperature Transmitter. In this example the termination is enabled in the

2240S transmitter which is the last device on the Tankbus (see “The Raptor

Tankbus” on page 3-43).

In case you prefer to connect the 2240S to the 2410 Tank Hub, you may

“daisy-chain” the 5900S to the 2240S, and terminate the Tankbus by a jumper in terminal X2 on the 5900S terminal block.

Figure 3-28. 5900S wiring diagram

Field Communicator

ROSEMOUNT 5900S

RADAR LEVEL GAUGE

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

TankMaster PC

3-52

Shield

Tankbus

Power supply

Rosemount 2240S Multi-input

Temperature Transmitter with built-in terminator

See also “Terminal Blocks” on page 3-49 for information on terminal block

connections.

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S 2-in-1 version

The 2-in-1 version of the Rosemount 5900S has two separate level gauges in the same housing. One of the tankbuses can be terminated in the 5900S terminal compartment.

The 2-in-1 version can be connected to two separate tankbuses as illustrated

in Figure 3-29 and 3-31, or to a single tankbus as illustrated in Figure 3-30 on

page 3-54.

Terminal X1 is an intrinsically safe tankbus input for level gauge 1, and terminal X4 connects to the second level gauge.

Figure 3-29 illustrates a wiring diagram with a 2-in-1 version of the

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge which is “daisy-chained” to a

Rosemount 2240S Multi-input Temperature Transmitter. Note that the

Primary Tankbus is terminated in the 5900S terminal block (X2).

Figure 3-29. Rosemount 5900S wiring diagram for 2-in-1 version with two tankbuses

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

Field Communicator

ROSEMOUNT 5900S RADAR

LEVEL GAUGE (2-IN-1)

Termination

TankMaster PC

Section 3. Installation

Rosemount 2240S

Multi-input Temperature

Transmitter

Secondary Tankbus

(gauge 2)

Power supply

Primary Tankbus in

(gauge 1)

See also “Terminal Blocks” on page 3-49 for information on terminal block

connections.

3-53

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 3-30 illustrates the 2-in-1 version of the Rosemount 5900S with a single intrinsically safe Tankbus. The Tankbus is connected to the first level gauge via terminal X1, and to the second level gauge via a jumper between terminals X3 (Primary Tankbus out) and X4 (Secondary Tankbus in).

The Tankbus termination is enabled in the 5900S terminal block (X2).

Figure 3-30. Rosemount 5900S wiring diagram for 2-in-1 version with a single tankbus

Field Communicator

ROSEMOUNT 5900S RADAR

LEVEL GAUGE (2-IN-1)

Termination

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

TankMaster PC

Power supply

Rosemount 2240S

Multi-input Temperature

Transmitter

Tankbus

3-54

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

In Figure 3-31 a Rosemount 2240S transmitter is wired to the second level

gauge of a 2-in-1 version of the Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

The Primary Tankbus is terminated in the 5900S terminal block (X2). The

Secondary Tankbus is terminated by enabling the built-in termination of the

2240S temperature transmitter.

Figure 3-31. Wiring diagram for

Rosemount 5900S 2-in-1 version with two tankbuses

Field Communicator

ROSEMOUNT 5900S RADAR

LEVEL GAUGE (2-IN-1)

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

Termination

TankMaster PC

Primary Tankbus in (gauge 1)

Rosemount 2240S

Multi-input Temperature

Transmitter with built-in terminator

Power supply

Section 3. Installation

3-55

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

3-56

Section 3. Installation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 4

4.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

Rosemount 5900S Series

Configuration

4.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-1

4.2

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-3

4.3

Configuration Using Rosemount TankMaster . . . . page 4-5

4.4

Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-6

4.5

Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-15

4.6

LPG Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-20

4.7

Calibration Using WinSetup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-29

4.8

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-34

4.9

Device Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-38

4.10 General Block Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-39

4.11 Analog Input Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-41

4.12 Analog Output Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-48

4.13 Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-50

4.14 475 Field Communicator Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-55

4.15 Configuration Using AMS Device Manager . . . . . . page 4-56

4.16 Plantweb Alert Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4-72

4.17 LPG Setup Using DeltaV / AMS Device Manager . . page 4-77

Procedures and instructions in this section may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Please refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Failure to follow safe installation and servicing guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

Make sure only qualified personnel perform the installation.

Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Do not perform any service other than those contained in this manual unless you are qualified.

Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

Do not remove the gauge cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

4-2

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.2 OVERVIEW

Section 4. Configuration

Rosemount 5900S Series

The 5900S can be installed in Rosemount Tank Gauging systems including

2160 Field Communication Units and Rosemount 2410 Tank Hubs. The

5900S also supports installation in F

OUNDATION

fieldbus systems. Installation of the 5900S is a simple and straight-forward procedure. In a Rosemount

Tank Gauging system with 2410 Tank Hub and 2160 Field Communication

Unit it basically includes the following steps:

1. Preparations: make a note of Unit ID, Modbus address

(1)

, antenna type, tank geometry parameters such as tank height, tank type, strapping table

2. Set up communication protocol and communication parameters.

3. Configuration of the Rosemount 2160 Field Communication Unit.

4. Configuration of the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub.

5. Configuration of field devices such as the Rosemount 5900S Radar

Level Gauge and 2240S Multiple-Input Temperature Transmitter.

6. Calibration of the 5900S level gauge.

Installation of the 5900S in F

OUNDATION

fieldbus systems is supported by a complete set of Resource, Function, and Transducer blocks. You can easily integrate the 5900S level gauge into any existing F

OUNDATION

fieldbus network by using an appropriate configuration tool such as the AMD Device

Manager. See section “F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Overview” on page 4-34 for

more information.

The TankMaster WinSetup program is the recommended tool for installation and configuration of a Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge in systems that include the 2410 Tank Hub. The 5900S is preferably installed as part of the procedure when installing a Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub.

This is the standard procedure for installing a 5900S Radar Level Gauge:

1. Start by installing and configuring the 2410 Tank Hub by using the device installation wizard in TankMaster WinSetup.

2. Finish the 2410 installation procedure. Ensure that automatic installation of field devices is enabled. The 2410 Tank Hub, the 5900S Level Gauge, and other field devices on the Tankbus will automatically appear in the

WinSetup workspace.

3. Configure the 5900S level gauge via the Properties window.

If a 5900S is added to an existing system the Rosemount 2410 tank database must be updated before the 5900S is configured. The tank database maps the 5900S to the tank on which it is installed.

A detailed description of how to install and configure a Rosemount 5900S and other devices by using the TankMaster WinSetup software is provided in the

Raptor System Configuration manual (Document no. 300510EN).

NOTE!

If the system contains a 2160 Field Communication Unit (FCU) it should be installed and configured before other devices such as level gauges and temperature multiplexers.

See section “F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Overview” on page 4-34 for more

information on installing the 5900S in F

OUNDATION

fieldbus systems.

(1) See the System Configuration manual (Document no. 300510EN)

4-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.2.1

Basic

Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Rosemount 5900S supports basic configuration which is sufficient in most cases. There are a number of advanced configuration options available as well, which may be used for special applications when further fine-tuning is needed.

Basic configuration includes specifying parameters for a standard configuration. This is sufficient in most cases. A basic configuration includes the following items:

• Measurement units

• Tank geometry; tank height, tank type, tank bottom type, pipe diameter, hold off distance, calibration distance, etc.

• Process conditions; rapid level changes, turbulence, foam, solids, product dielectric range

• Volume; standard tank types, strapping table

• Tank scan; analyze the 5900S measurement signal

• Empty tank handling; optimize measurements close to the tank bottom

See “Basic Configuration” on page 4-6 for more information.

4.2.2

Advanced

Configuration

4.2.3

Configuration

Tools

In addition to basic configuration, the Rosemount 5900S supports advanced functions for optimizing measurement performance in certain applications.

The 5900S can be fine-tuned to handle a wide range of product properties, various tank types, disturbing objects, and turbulent conditions in the tank.

Examples of advanced functions supported by the Rosemount 5900S and the

Rosemount TankMaster WinSetup configuration program:

• Surface echo tracking

• Filter settings

See “Advanced Configuration” on page 4-15 for more information.

Different tools are available for configuration of a Rosemount 5900S level gauge:

• Rosemount TankMaster Winsetup

• Field Communicator

• AMS Device Manager for F

OUNDATION

fieldbus systems

• F

OUNDATION

fieldbus hosts supporting DD4

The TankMaster Winsetup is a user-friendly software package that includes basic configuration options as well as advanced configuration and service functions.

For DeltaV users, the DD can be found at www.easydeltav.com. For other hosts that use Device Descriptions (DD) and DD Methods for device configuration, the latest DD versions can be found on F

OUNDATION

S

website at www.fieldbus.org.

4-4

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.3 CONFIGURATION

USING

ROSEMOUNT

TANKMASTER

4.3.1

Installation

Wizard

Rosemount 5900S Series

For a Rosemount Tank Gauging system that includes the Rosemount 2410

Tank Hub it is recommended that the Rosemount 5900S is configured by using the TankMaster Winsetup configuration tool. In such a system the host computer communicates with the 2410 Tank Hub via TRL2 Modbus or RS485

Modbus. By using the TankMaster Winsetup configuration tool, installation and configuration of the Rosemount 5900S can be performed by any of the following methods:

• as part of the installation and configuration procedure of a Rosemount

2410 Tank Hub (recommended)

• by using the TankMaster installation wizard

A Rosemount 5900S is typically installed as part of the installation procedure when installing a Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub in TankMaster WinSetup. Then the 5900S appears in the WinSetup workspace and is configured in a separate stage via the Properties window.

See the Raptor System Configuration Manual (Document no. 300510EN) for more information on using the TankMaster WinSetup program to configure a

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

The WinSetup installation wizard is a tool that facilitates installation and configuration of Rosemount 5900S and other devices. This may be useful in case the 5900S was not installed as part of the 2410 installation procedure.

See the Raptor System Configuration Manual (Document no. 300510EN) for more information.

The 5900S may also be installed by using the TankMaster WinSetup installation wizard.

NOTE!

In case the Rosemount 5900S level gauge was installed “offline” via a

Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub, it needs to be configured separately via the

Properties window.

To install a Rosemount 5900S by using the TankMaster WinSetup wizard do the following:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. Select the Devices folder.

3. Click the right mouse button and select Install New.

4. Follow the instructions.

There are a number of configuration options available which are not included

in the installation wizard. See “Basic Configuration” on page 4-6 and

“Advanced Configuration” on page 4-15 for information on how to use various

options such as Tank Scan, Empty Tank Handling, Surface Echo Tracking and Filter Settings.

See also the Raptor System Configuration Manual (Document no. 300510EN) for more information on using the TankMaster WinSetup program to configure a Rosemount 5900S.

Section 4. Configuration

4-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.4 BASIC

CONFIGURATION

4.4.1

Tank Geometry

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The following parameters are used for tank geometry configuration of a

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge:

Figure 4-1. Tank geometry parameters for the 5900S

Gauge Reference

Point

Gauge Reference

Distance (G)

Tank Reference Point

Gauge Reference Point

Hold Off Distance

Tank Ullage

Ullage

Tank Reference

Height (R)

Level

Zero Level

(Dipping Datum Point)

Minimum Level Offset (C)

Table 4-1. Definition of tank geometry parameters

Tank Height (R)

Gauge Reference Distance (G)

Minimum Level Offset (C)

Hold Off Distance

Distance from Tank Reference Point to Zero level

Distance from Tank Reference Point to the Gauge Reference Point

Distance from Zero Level to tank bottom

Defines how close to the Gauge Reference Point levels can be measured

4-6

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 4-2. Tank geometry for

Array Antenna with hinged hatch

Rosemount 5900S Series

The 5900S with Array Antenna and hinged hatch allows you to hand dip by opening the lid and moving the gauge away from the tank opening. A hand dip plate is located inside the hatch. The plate is used as the Tank Reference

Point for the tank geometry parameter Tank Height (R).

Hand dip plate /

Tank Reference Point

Tank Reference Point

Tank

Ullage

Tank Reference

Height (R)

Level

Minimum Level Offset (C)

Hold Off Distance

Zero Level

Zero Level (Dipping Datum Point)

Section 4. Configuration

4-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 4-3. Definition of Gauge

Reference Distance

Tank Reference Height (R)

The Tank Reference Height (R) is the distance from the hand dipping nozzle

(Tank Reference Point) to the Zero Level (Dipping Datum Plate) close to, or at the bottom of the tank. For the Array Antenna with hinged hatch the reference

point is located at the hand dip plate as illustrated in Figure 4-2 on page 4-7.

Gauge Reference Distance (G)

The Gauge Reference Distance (G) is measured from the Gauge Reference

Point to the Tank Reference Point, which is located at the top surface of the customer’s flange or manhole cover on which the level gauge is mounted as

illustrated in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-3.

For the hinged hatch version of the 5900S with Array Antenna, the Tank

Reference Point and the Gauge Reference Point are located at the same position i.e. at the hand-dip plate on the Still Pipe Gauge Stand as illustrated

in Figure 4-2 on page 4-7.

Set G=0 for the 5900S with Array Antenna hinged hatch version when using

the hand dip plate as the Tank Reference Point (see Figure 4-2).

G is positive if the Tank Reference Point is located above the Gauge

Reference Point. Otherwise G is negative.

Tank Reference Point

G>0

Gauge Reference Point

G<0

Minimum Level Offset (C)

The Minimum Level Distance (C) is defined as the distance between the Zero

Level (Dipping Datum Point) and the Minimum Level of the product surface

(tank bottom). By specifying a C-distance, the measuring range can be extended to the bottom of the tank.

If C>0, negative level values will be displayed when the product surface is below the Zero Level. Select the Show negative level values as zero check box in TankMaster WinSetup if you want levels below the Zero Level to be displayed as Level=0.

Measurements below the Zero Level will not be approved if the C-distance=0, i.e. the 5900S will report an invalid level.

Hold Off Distance

The Hold Off distance defines how close to the Gauge Reference Point a level value is accepted. Normally the Hold Off distance does not need to be changed. However, if there are disturbing echoes in the upper part of the tank, for example from the tank nozzle, you can increase the Hold Off distance in order to avoid measurements in the region close to the antenna.

4-8

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Calibration Distance

Use this variable to calibrate the 5900S so that measured product levels match hand dipped levels. A minor adjustment may be necessary when the gauge is installed if, for example, there is a deviation between the actual tank height and the height given by tank drawings.

See “Calibration Using WinSetup” on page 4-29 for more information.

Pipe Diameter

When a Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge is installed in a still-pipe, the inner diameter of the pipe must be specified. The Pipe Diameter is used to compensate for the lower microwave propagation speed inside the pipe. An incorrect value results in a scale factor error. If locally supplied still pipes are used, make sure the inner diameter is noted before the pipe is installed.

Section 4. Configuration

4-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.4.2

Tank Scan

Figure 4-4. The WinSetup Tank

Scan window

The Tank Scan window is a useful tool for analyzing the Rosemount 5900S measurement signal. It allows you to view tank echoes and setup the most important parameters to enable the gauge to distinguish between the surface echo and disturbing echoes and noise.

To open the Tank Scan window:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace, click the right mouse button on the icon that represents the 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

3. From the popup menu choose the Properties option.

The RLG Properties window appears.

4. In the RLG Properties window, select the Advanced Configuration tab.

5. Click the Tank Scan button to open the Tank Scan window:

4-10

6. The Tank Scan window contains the Graph Area, Legend/Options area,

File Storage buttons, and various action buttons.

When the Tank Scan window is opened, the system starts reading tank data from the gauge (indicated by a progress bar in the lower right-hand corner).

The Tank Echo curve shows the measurement signal in graphical form. In addition to the surface echo there might be echoes from obstacles in the tank.

In the graph area you can configure the gauge to filter out echoes that originate from obstacles in the tank in order to facilitate tracking of the product surface echo.

The tank echo and echo peaks can be refreshed at any time with the Reread

From Gauge button. The new echo curve will be shown as a black line and the previous curve as a grey line. The graph may show up to two old echo curves. An old echo peak will be marked by a small cross. This can be used to compare the existing tank signal with previous signals.

See the Raptor System Configuration manual (Document No. 300510EN) for more information on how to use the Tank Scan function.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.4.3

Empty Tank

Handling

Figure 4-5. The WinSetup

Empty Tank Handling window

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S Empty Tank Handling function handles situations when the surface echo is close to the tank bottom. It has the ability to:

• track weak product echoes

• handle lost echoes

If the surface echo is lost this function makes the 5900S present a zero-level measurement.

To open the Empty Tank Handling window:

1. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace, click the right mouse button on the icon that represents the desired 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

2. From the popup menu choose the Properties option.

The RLG Properties window appears.

3. In the RLG Properties window, select the Advanced Configuration tab.

4. Click the Empty Tank Handling button:

Section 4. Configuration

Level Alarm is not set when Tank is Empty

In case the product surface echo is lost in the Empty Tank Detection Area close to the tank bottom, the device will enter Empty Tank state and an

Invalid Level Alarm is triggered (appears in the Diagnostics window).

Enable this check box if you don’t want the alarm to be triggered when the gauge enters empty tank state.

4-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure 4-6. The Extra Echo

Function

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Activate Extra Echo Function

The Extra Echo Detection function is used for tanks with a dome or conical bottom shape provided the tank bottom does not produce a strong echo when the tank is empty. This function results in more robust measurements near the tank bottom.

For tanks with a conical bottom, an echo may appear beneath the actual tank bottom when the tank is empty. If the device is not able to detect the tank bottom this function can be used to ensure that the device stays in empty tank state as long as this extra echo is present.

You can find out if such an echo exists by using the Tank Scan function when the tank is empty. Ensure that the scan extends below the tank bottom. The tank spectrum can be used to find suitable values for parameters such as the

Extra Echo Min Distance, Extra Echo Max Distance and Extra Echo Min

Amplitude. The tank is considered empty when an echo appears within the

Min and Max Distance at an amplitude above the specified threshold.

Extra Echo Min Distance

Defines the minimum distance to the extra echo. This parameter should be greater than the Tank Height.

Extra Echo Max Distance

Defines the maximum distance to the extra echo. This parameter should be greater than the Extra Echo Min Distance.

Extra Echo Min Amplitude

Defines the minimum signal strength of the extra echo. If the signal strength exceeds this value and is found in the region between Min

Distance and Max Distance, the device stays in empty tank state and presents Level=0.

Amplitude

4-12

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 4-7. Bottom Echo Visible

Rosemount 5900S Series

Bottom Echo Visible if Tank is Empty

By using this function the level gauge will be able to track relatively weak surface echoes close to the tank bottom by treating the bottom echo as a disturbance echo. This function may be useful for products which are relatively transparent for microwaves such as oil.

Before activating this function, you should use the WinSetup/Tank Scan function to find out if there is a clearly visible echo at the tank bottom when the tank is empty. If this is the case, the Bottom Echo Visible If Tank Is Empty check box in the Empty Tank Handling window should be marked.

If the Bottom Echo Visible... function is disabled, searching for the product surface echo is limited to a region close to the tank bottom (Empty Tank

Detection Area).

If there is no strong bottom echo interfering with the surface echo, mark the

Use Automatic Empty Tank Handling Settings check box to let the level gauge automatically control the empty tank handling function.

Amplitude

Surface echo

Echo at tank bottom

Section 4. Configuration

4-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Empty Tank Detection Area

The Empty Tank Detection Area defines a range within a lower limit of

200 mm (8 in.) above the tank bottom. If the surface echo is lost in this region, the tank is considered empty (the device enters Empty Tank State) and the level gauge presents a zero level reading.

If the tank is empty the 5900S level gauge searches for the product surface in a region 2 x Empty Tank Detection Area. It is important that there are no disturbances in this area, since when a new echo is found it is considered to be the product surface. To ensure robust measurements in this region, disturbances may need to be filtered out.

The Empty Tank Detection Area is only used if there is no visible bottom echo. The Bottom Echo Visible if Tank is Empty function shall be disabled.

Figure 4-8. Empty Tank

Detection Area

Minimum 200 mm (8 in.)

Empty Tank Detection Area

If the product surface is lost in this region the tank is considered empty

4-14

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.5 ADVANCED

CONFIGURATION

4.5.1

Environment

4.5.2

Tank Shape

Rosemount 5900S Series

There are a number of advanced configuration options for the Rosemount

5900S gauge which may be useful in certain situations. These options are available via TankMaster Winsetup and the 5900 RLG Properties window.

Foam

You can use this parameter to optimize the gauge for conditions with low and varying surface echo amplitudes such as foam. When the foam is light and airy the actual product level is measured. For heavy and dense foam the transmitter measures the level of the upper surface of the foam.

Turbulent Surface

Splash loading, agitators, mixers, or boiling products may cause a turbulent surface. Normally the waves in a tank are quite small and cause local rapid level changes. By setting the Turbulent Surface parameter the performance of the level gauge will be improved when there are small and quickly changing amplitudes and levels.

Rapid Level Changes

Optimize the level gauge for measurement conditions where the product level changes quickly due to filling and emptying of the tank. The Rosemount

5900S is able to track level changes of up to 1.5 inch/s (40 mm/s). The Rapid

Level Changes function allows the 5900S to track level changes of up to 8 inch/s (200 mm/s).

The Rapid Level Changes function shall not be used in normal conditions when the product surface moves slowly.

Solid Products

Setting this parameter optimizes the gauge for solid products, for example concrete or grains, which are not transparent for radar signals. For instance, this parameter can be used when the application is a silo with product build-up.

Product Dielectric Range

The Dielectric Constant is related to the reflectivity of the product. This parameter can be used to optimize measurement performance. However, the level gauge will still be able to perform well even if the actual Dielectric

Constant differs from the configured value.

The Tank Type and Tank Bottom Type parameters optimize the 5900S for various tank geometries and for measurements close to the tank bottom.

Section 4. Configuration

4-15

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.5.3

Surface Echo

Tracking

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Surface Echo Tracking function can be used to eliminate problems with certain types of ghost echoes below the product surface. This may, for example, occur in still-pipes as a result of multiple reflections between the pipe wall, flange and antenna. In the tank spectrum these echoes appear as amplitude peaks at various distances below the product surface.

To activate this function, ensure that there are no disturbing echoes above the product surface and select the Always Track First Echo check box.

To open the Surface Echo Tracking window:

1. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace, click the right mouse button on the desired 5900S Radar Level Gauge icon.

2. Choose the Properties option from the popup menu.

3. In the RLG Properties window, select the Advanced Configuration tab.

4. Click the Surface Echo Tracking button:

Figure 4-9. The WinSetup

Surface Echo Tracking window

4-16

Echo Time Out

Use Echo Time Out to define the delay time until the gauge will start searching for a surface echo after it has been lost. Until this period of time has elapsed, the gauge will not start searching or trigger any alarms.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Close Distance

This parameter defines a window centered at the current surface position in which new surface echo candidates can be selected. The size of the window is ±Close Distance. Echoes outside this window will not be considered as surface echoes. The level gauge will immediately jump to the strongest echo

(highest amplitude) inside this window. If there are rapid level changes in the tank, you may need to increase the Close Distance window in order to prevent the gauge from missing any level changes. On the other hand, if the Close

Distance window is too large, the gauge might select an invalid echo as the surface echo.

Slow Search

The Slow Search function controls the search behavior if the product surface echo is lost, and may typically be used for tanks with turbulent conditions. The gauge starts searching for the surface at the last known product level, and gradually increases the search region until the product surface is found. When this function is disabled, the gauge searches through the whole tank.

Search Speed

The Search Speed parameter indicates how quickly the search region (Slow

Search window) is expanded when the Slow Search function is active.

Section 4. Configuration

4-17

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.5.4

Filter Setting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

To open the Filter Setting window:

1. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace, click the right mouse button on the desired 5900S Radar Level Gauge icon.

2. Choose the Properties option from the popup menu.

3. In the RLG Properties window, select the Advanced Configuration tab.

4. Click the Filter Setting button:

Figure 4-10. The WinSetup Filter

Setting window

4-18

Distance Filter Factor

This parameter defines the amount of product level filtering (1 = 100%).

A low Filter Factor means that a new level value is calculated by adding a small fraction (for instance 1%) of the level change to the last known level value. It makes the level value steady but the device reacts slowly to level changes in the tank.

A high Filter Factor means that a larger fraction of the level change is added to the current level value. This setting makes the device react quickly to level changes but the presented level value can sometimes be somewhat jumpy.

Jump Filter

The Jump Filter is typically used for applications with turbulent surface and makes the echo tracking work smoother as the level passes, for example, an agitator. If the surface echo is lost and a new surface echo is found, the Jump

Filter makes the level gauge wait some time before it jumps to the new echo.

In the mean time the gauge decides whether the new echo can be considered a valid echo.

The Jump Filter does not use the Distance Filter Factor and can be used at the same time as the Least Square or the Adaptive Filter functions.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Least Square Filter

The Least Square filter gives increased accuracy for slow filling or emptying of a tank. The level value follows the surface with high accuracy and without delay as the level changes. The Least Square filter can not be used at the same time as the Adaptive Filter.

Adaptive Filter

The Adaptive Filter automatically adapts to the movement of the surface level.

It tracks product level fluctuations and continuously adjusts the filter grade accordingly. The filter can preferably be used in tanks in which fast tracking of level changes are important and turbulence occasionally cause unstable level readings.

Section 4. Configuration

4-19

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.6 LPG

CONFIGURATION

4.6.1

Preparations

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Before starting configuration of the Rosemount 5900S for LPG measurements, ensure that all mechanical installations are made according to instructions, and all external sensors such as pressure and temperature sensors are properly connected.

Make sure that the position of the Verification Pin is accurately measured and the inner diameter of the still-pipe is available.

Install the tank and the Rosemount 5900S level gauge in TankMaster

WinSetup as described in the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN). Ensure that the appropriate tank and device types are selected, and the temperature and pressure sensors are properly configured. Check that the gauge communicates with the TankMaster PC.

For 5900S with F

OUNDATION

fieldbus the LPG Setup is described in “LPG

Setup Using DeltaV / AMS Device Manager” on page 4-77.

Highly pressurized vapor above the product surface affects the propagation speed of microwaves. The Rosemount 5900S level gauge is able to compensate for this, thus avoiding deviations in measured level due to the vapor.

When the gauge is installed on the empty tank, calibrate the gauge and configure for LPG measurements.

To install a Rosemount 5900S for LPG measurements perform the following major steps: a. Install the 5900S gauge on the still-pipe. Measure the exact distance to the Verification Pin.

b. Use TankMaster Winsetup to configure the 5900S according to the standard procedure for installation of a Rosemount 5900S level gauge (see the Raptor System Configuration Manual (Document no.

300510EN).

c. Configure the vapor pressure sensor.

d. Calibrate the 5900S.

e. Configure the Verification Pin.

f. Confirm position of Verification Pin. g. Set up the Correction Method that applies to the particular type of product in the tank.

The LPG installation procedure using TankMaster Winsetup is described in

section “LPG Setup Using TankMaster” on page 4-21.

4-20

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.6.2

LPG Setup Using

TankMaster

Tank parameter

Vapor Pressure

In the following description it is assumed that the Rosemount 5900S with

LPG/LNG Antenna is installed on the tank, and a basic configuration is performed as described in the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN). To configure the 5900S for LPG measurements, do the following:

1. Ensure that the tank is empty and the tank atmosphere contains air only.

2. Check that the ball valve (optional) on the gauge is open.

3. Ensure that a Vapor Pressure source device is configured.

Open the ATD Properties window and select the Advanced Parameter

Source Configuration tab. This tab lets you map tank parameters such as

Vapor Pressure to source devices connected to the Tankbus.

Source device and source parameter

Section 4. Configuration

NOTE!

Pressure measurement is not required for correction method One or more

known gases, known mixratio (see step 11 on page 4-28).

4. Vapor Temperature is automatically mapped to a Rosemount 2240S

Multi-input Temperature Transmitter. It is calculated as the average value of temperature readings from all elements above the product surface.

4-21

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 644 Temperature Transmitters have to be mapped manually in order to provide input for Vapor Temperature and Average Liquid

Temperature calculations. Note that the actual Vapor Temperature and Liquid

Temperature tank parameters are not mapped. The output from each 644 transmitter on the tank is mapped to separate temperature tank parameters.

The resulting Vapor Temperature will be calculated based on the output from

644 transmitters located above the current product surface.

The following example shows how to configure three 644 transmitters as parameter source devices: a. Choose Temperature 1 in the Parameter Mapping list for the first

644 Temperature Transmitter.

In case there are more than one 644 transmitters on the tank, they will have to be mapped as well:

For the second and third 644 transmitter, choose Temperature 2 and

Temperature 3 in the Parameter Mapping list.

b. In the Source Device Type field, for each temperature parameter

(Temperature 1, 2, 3) choose the actual 644 transmitter to be used as source device as illustrated below.

c. In the Source Parameter list, choose Temperature 1. Note that

Temperature 1 is the source parameter designation for temperature output from a Rosemount 644 Temperature Transmitter.

4-22

NOTE!

Ensure that temperature element positions are properly configured. This is normally done in the basic configuration of the 5900S level gauge and is required for proper calculation of Vapor Temperature and Average Liquid

Temperature.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

5. In the TankMaster WinSetup work space choose the Logical View tab.

Select the icon that represents the radar level gauge, click the right mouse button and choose LPG Setup.

Correction

6. In the LPG Setup window click the Correction button.

Section 4. Configuration

7. Choose Air Correction Only from the list of correction methods and click the OK button. This setting is used during the Pin Verification procedure. When the LPG Setup is finished and the tank is going to be put into operation, the correction method needs to be changed to a method that applies to the particular type of product that is used.

NOTE!

The Air Correction Only option shall only be used when the tank atmosphere contains air and no other gases.

4-23

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

8. Calibrate.

Ensure that there is no liquid above the calibration ring

(1)

at the end of the still-pipe when calibrating the gauge. When there is no product above the calibration ring, this is the only object that will be detected by the gauge.

Consequently, the resulting product level presented by the 5900S will be equal to the position of the calibration ring measured from the Zero Level near the bottom of the tank.

Check the distance measured by the 5900S from the Gauge Reference Point to the calibration ring. This is referred to as the Ullage value defined by:

Ullage = R - L, where:

R is the tank height measured from the Tank Reference Point to the

Zero Level.

For LPG tanks the calibration ring is used as Zero Level and the Tank

Reference Point is equal to the Gauge Reference Point.

L is the product level measured from the Zero Level. See also “Tank

Geometry” on page 4-6.

If the Ullage value is not equal to the actual distance between the Gauge

Reference Point and the calibration ring, open the TankMaster WinSetup

Properties window (right-click the device icon and choose Properties), choose the Geometry tab and adjust the Calibration Distance:

Geometry

4-24

Calibration distance

NOTE!

It is important that the Inner Diameter of the still-pipe is properly configured.

Open the Antenna tab in case you would like to verify the Inner Diameter configuration.

See “LPG/LNG Antenna Requirements” on page 3-13 for more information on

still-pipe requirements for 5900S with LPG/LNG Antenna.

(1) See “LPG/LNG Antenna Requirements” on page 3-13.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

9. Configure the Verification Pin.

In the LPG Setup window click the Config Pins button to open the

LPG Configure Pins window:

Enter the position of the Verification Pin. The position is measured from the Gauge Reference Point to the actual position of the Verification Pin.

Since hand dipping can not be performed in high pressurized tanks,

Emerson Process Management / Rosemount Tank Gauging has developed a unique method to verify level gauging in such tanks. The method is based on measurements in a special radar wave propagation mode against a fixed Verification Pin in order to verify the measurement.

NOTE!

The value entered in the Nominal Pos field refers to the mechanical distance from the Gauge Reference Point to the actual Verification Pin. This value will only act as a starting point for the verification process in which the electrical

distance from the Gauge Reference Point to the Verification Pin is calculated.

In most cases the electrical distance deviates from the actual mechanical distance.

Section 4. Configuration

4-25

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

GAUGE REFERENCE POINT

Distance from gauge reference point to Verification Pin

VERIFICATION PIN

Ensure that the Threshold value is 500 mV.

The amplitude of the echo from the Verification Pin must be above the threshold value in order to appear in the LPGVerify window (see “Verify the

gauge measurement.” on page 4-27). In case the Verification Pin does not show up, it is possible to use a smaller threshold value. Check that the product level is not above the Verification Pin.

NOTE!

When the product surface is close to a Verification Pin, the radar echoes from the Verification Pin and the product surface interfere. This may reduce the accuracy of the measured distance to the Verification Pin. It is recommended that verification is not performed if the distance between the Verification Pin

and the product surface is less than 900 mm (see “LPG/LNG Antenna

Requirements” on page 3-13).

4-26

Minimum clearance 900 mm

Verification Pin

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

10. Verify the gauge measurement.

a. In the LPG Setup window click the Verify Pins button in order to open the LPG Verify Pins window. Ensure that the Nominal

Position of the Verification Pin appears:

Nominal position

Measured position

b. In the LPG Verify Pins window, click the Start button to start the verification process.

c. When verification is finished, the position measured by the level gauge appears in the Measured Position field.

d. Note the position of the Verification Pin that is presented in the

Measured Position field. If the position deviates from the Nominal

Position, return to the LPG Configure Pins window and enter the measured position in the Nominal Position field (in the LPG Setup

window click the Config Pins button, see step 9 on page 4-25).

NOTE!

The nominal position that was entered the first time refers to the mechanical

distance. The measured position refers to the electrical distance which is the distance “seen” by the level gauge.

e. Repeat steps a to d until the message “Successful Verification”

appears, indicating that Nominal Position corresponds to Measured

Position.

Section 4. Configuration

4-27

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

11. Choose correction method.

There are several options available depending on gas mixture in the tank. In the LPG Setup window click the Correction button to open the

LPG Correction window:

Choose one of the following correction methods: a. Air Correction.

This method should only be used when there is no vapor in the tank, i.e. when the tank is empty and contains air only. It is used in the initial step when calibrating the 5900S.

b. One known gas.

This method may be used when there is only one gas type in the tank. It provides the highest accuracy among the different correction methods. Note that even small amounts of another gas reduces the accuracy.

c. One or more unknown gases.

Use this method for hydrocarbons, for example Propane/Buthane, when the exact mixture is not known. d. Two gases with unknown mixratio.

This method is suitable for a mixture of two gases even if the mixratio is not known.

e. One or more known gases with known mixratio.

This method may be used when there is a well known mixture of up to 4 products in the tank.

Now the Rosemount 5900S level gauge is ready to measure the product level when the tank is put into operation.

4-28

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.7 CALIBRATION

USING WINSETUP

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Calibrate function is a TankMaster WinSetup tool that lets you adjust a

Rosemount 5900S level gauge in order to minimize the offset between actual

(hand dipped) product levels and the values measured by the level gauge. By using the Calibrate function you can optimize measurement performance over the whole measurement range from the top to the bottom of the tank.

The Calibration function calculates a Calibration Distance based on fitting a straight line to the deviations between hand dipped levels and levels measured by the transmitter.

The Calibration function is specially suitable for a Rosemount 5900S with

Still-pipe Array Antenna. The radar propagation velocity is affected by the still-pipe. Based on the pipe inner diameter, the 5900S automatically compensates for the pipe influence. Since the average pipe diameter may be difficult to determine accurately, a minor calibration is often needed. The

Calibrate function automatically calculates a Correction Factor in order to optimize the 5900S measurements along the still-pipe.

Procedure

The adjustment process includes the following steps:

1. Record the hand dipped ullage values and the corresponding values measured by the level gauge.

2. Enter the hand dipped level values and the level gauge values into the

WinSetup Calibration Data window (see “To enter calibration data” on page 4-31).

3. Inspect the resulting calibration graph and, if necessary, exclude measurement points which should not be used in the adjustment calculation.

Required information

Make sure that the following information is available when you intend to use the Calibrate function in TankMaster WinSetup:

• A list of hand dipped ullage values.

• A list of level values measured by the 5900S that correspond to the hand dipped ullage/level values.

Hand dipping

Staff

Only one person should perform manual ullage measurements in order to guarantee good repeatability between measurements.

Hand dip tape

Use only one tape for the calibration. The tape should be made of steel and calibrated by an approved testing institute. It must also be free from bends and kinks. The thermal expansion factor and calibration temperature shall also be provided.

Dip hatch

A dip hatch should be available close to the level gauge. If the dip hatch is far away from the level gauge, differences in roof movements may result in large errors.

Section 4. Configuration

4-29

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Procedure

Follow these instructions when you make hand dip measurements:

• hand dip until three consecutive readings within 1 mm are obtained

• correct the tape according to the calibration record

• note the hand dipped ullage and the gauge level reading simultaneously

Do not calibrate when

• the tank is being emptied or filled

• agitators are running

• when there are windy conditions

• when there is foam on the product surface

4-30

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

To enter calibration data

1. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace window select the 5900S level gauge to be calibrated.

2. Click the right mouse button and choose Calibrate, or choose Calibrate from the Service/Devices menu.

Tank Reference

Height

Level gauge

Hand dip

3. The Calibrate window is empty before any data is entered. Ensure that the gauge communicates properly with TankMaster by verifying that the

Tank Reference Height appears in the lower left corner.

4. Click the Calibration Data button.

Section 4. Configuration

5. Enter hand dipped level values and the corresponding levels measured by the 5900S level gauge. It is recommended that the hand dipped levels are based on the average value of three consecutive measurements within 1 mm. For further information see “Hand dipping” on page 4-29.

NOTE!

Measurement unit mm is used in the Calibration Data window.

4-31

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6. Click the Refresh button. Now WinSetup calculates the deviations between hand dipped and measured levels.

7. Click the Save Calibration Data in PC Database button in order to save the entered values and return to the Calibrate window.

4-32

8. The Calibrate window displays a straight line fitted through measurement points that represent the difference between hand dipped level values, and values measured by the level gauge. For still pipe antennas a sloping line is displayed, otherwise the line is horizontal. The slope is due to the linear impact by the still pipe on the microwave velocity of propagation.

9. Check that the line fits well to the measurement points. If a point deviates significantly from the line, it can be excluded from the calculations. Open the Calibration Data window (click the Calibration Data button) and uncheck the corresponding check box in the Enable column.

10. Click the Write new calibration data to RTG button to save the current calibration data to the level gauge database registers.

NOTE!

By clicking the Write new calibration data to RTG button, the Level values in the Calibration Data window are recalculated and the old Calibration Data is replaced.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Now you can check the calibration result by opening the Calibration window again:

Note that all measured values are adjusted according to the calculated

Calibration Distance and Correction Factor. In the Calibration Data window you can also see that the level values measured by the 5900S gauge are adjusted. Of course, the hand dipped levels are unaltered.

Section 4. Configuration

NOTE!

When calibration is finished do not change the Calibration Distance in the

Properties/Tank Geometry window.

4-33

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.8 F

OUNDATION

FIELDBUS

OVERVIEW

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

This section covers basic configuration procedures for the Rosemount 5900S

Radar Level Gauge with F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus.

For detailed information about F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus technology and function

blocks used in the Rosemount 5900S Series, refer to Appendix C: Foundation

Fieldbus Block Information and the F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Blocks Manual

(Document No. 00809-0100-4783).

4.8.1

Block Operation

Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control. Function blocks perform process control functions, such as analog input (AI) functions and proportional-integral derivative (PID) functions. The standard function blocks provide a common structure for defining function block inputs, outputs, control parameters, events, alarms, and modes, and combining them into a process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network. This simplifies the identification of characteristics that are common to function blocks.

In addition to function blocks, fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks. These are the Resource block and the

Transducer blocks.

The Resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device; they have no input or output parameters. The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device hardware. There is only one resource block defined for a device.

Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input/output functions.

They read sensor hardware and write to effector (actuator) hardware.

Resource Block

The Resource block contains diagnostic, hardware, electronics, and mode handling information. There are no linkable inputs or outputs to the Resource

Block.

Measurement Transducer Block (TB1100)

The Measurement Transducer Block contains device information including diagnostics and the ability to configure, set to factory defaults and restart the level gauge.

Register Transducer Block (TB1200)

The Register Transducer Block allows a service engineer to access all database registers in the device.

Advanced Configuration Transducer Block (TB1300)

The Advanced Configuration Transducer Block contains parameters for setup and configuration of the advanced level measurement and echo tracking functions.

Volume Transducer Block (TB1400)

The Volume Transducer Block contains parameters for configuration of volume calculations.

4-34

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure 4-11. Analog-Input Block

Rosemount 5900S Series

LPG Transducer Block (TB1500)

The LPG Transducer Block contains parameters for setup and configuration of the LPG calculations, and for verification and status of the corrections.

Analog Input Block

AI

OUT_D

OUT

OUT=The block output value and status

OUT_D=Discrete output that signals a selected alarm condition

The Analog Input (AI) Function Block processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks. The output value from the

AI block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels. Use the channel number to define the variable that the AI block processes and passes on to linked

blocks. For further information refer to “Analog Input Block” on page C-6 and

“Analog Input Block” on page 4-41.

PID Block

The PID Function Block combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional/integral/derivative (PID) control. The block supports mode control, signal scaling and limiting, feed forward control, override tracking, alarm limit detection, and signal status propagation.

The block supports two forms of the PID equation: Standard and Series. You can choose the appropriate equation using the MATHFORM parameter. The

Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection.

Input Selector Block

The Input Selector (ISEL) Function Block can be used to select the first good,

Hot Backup, maximum, minimum, or average of as many as eight input values and place it at the output. The block supports signal status propagation.

Arithmetic Block

The Arithmetic (ARTH) Function Block provides the ability to configure a range extension function for a primary input. It can also be used to compute nine different arithmetic functions.

Section 4. Configuration

4-35

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Signal Characterizer Block

The Signal Characterizer (SGCR) Function Block characterizes or approximates any function that defines an input/output relationship. The function is defined by configuring as many as twenty X,Y coordinates. The block interpolates an output value for a given input value using the curve defined by the configured coordinates. Two separate analog input signals can be processed simultaneously to give two corresponding separate output values using the same defined curve.

Integrator Block

The Integrator (INT) Function Block integrates one or two variables over time.

This block will accept up to two inputs, has six options how to totalize the inputs, and two trip outputs. The block compares the integrated or accumulated value to pre-trip and trip limits and generates discrete output signals when the limits are reached.

Control Selector Block

The Control Selector Function Block selects one of two or three inputs to be the output. The inputs are normally connected to the outputs of PID or other function blocks. One of the inputs would be considered Normal and the other two overrides.

Output Splitter Block

The Output Splitter Function Block provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input. It takes the output of one PID or other control block to control two valves or other actuators.

Analog Output Block

Figure 4-12. Analog-Output

Block

CAS_IN

AO

BKCAL_OUT

OUT

CAS_IN

BKCAL_OUT

OUT

=The remote setpoint value from another function block

=The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control.

=The block output and status.

The Analog Output Function Block accepts an output value from a field device and assigns it to a specified I/O channel. For further information refer to

“Analog Output Block” on page C-9 and “Analog Output Block” on page 4-48.

4-36

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Function Block Summary

The following function blocks are available for the Rosemount 5900S Series:

• Analog Input (AI)

• Analog Output (AO)

• Proportional/Integral/Derivative (PID)

• Signal Characterizer (SGCR)

• Integrator (INT)

• Arithmetic (ARTH)

• Input Selector (ISEL)

• Control Selector (CS)

• Output Splitter (OS)

For detailed information about F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus technology and function blocks used in the Rosemount 5900S Series, refer to the F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Manual (Document No. 00809-0100-4783).

Section 4. Configuration

4-37

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.9 DEVICE

CAPABILITIES

4.9.1

Link Active

Scheduler

4.9.2

Capabilities

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The Rosemount 5900S can be designated to act as the backup Link Active

Scheduler (LAS) in the event that the LAS is disconnected from the segment.

As the backup LAS, the 5900S will take over the management of communications until the host is restored.

The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to designate a particular device as a backup LAS. Otherwise, this can be configured manually.

Virtual Communication Relationship (VCRs)

There are a total of 20 VCRs. One is permanent and 19 are fully configurable by the host system. 40 link objects are available.

Table 4-2. Communication parameters

Table 4-3. Execution times

Network Parameter

Slot Time

Maximum Response Delay

Minimum Inter PDU Delay

Block Execution Times

Block

Analog Input (AI)

Analog Output

Proportional/Integral/Derivative (PID)

Signal Characterizer (SGCR)

Integrator (INT)

Arithmetic (ARTH)

Input Selector (ISEL)

Control Selector (CS)

Output Splitter (OS)

Value

8

5

8

Execution time (ms)

10

10

10

10

10

10

15

10

10

4-38

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.10 GENERAL BLOCK

INFORMATION

4.10.1 Modes

Rosemount 5900S Series

Changing Modes

To change the operating mode, set the MODE_BLK.TARGET to the desired mode. After a short delay, the parameter MODE_BLOCK.ACTUAL should reflect the mode change if the block is operating properly.

Permitted Modes

It is possible to prevent unauthorized changes to the operating mode of a block. To do this, configure MODE_BLOCK.PERMITTED to allow only the desired operating modes. It is recommended to always select OOS as one of the permitted modes.

Types of Modes

For the procedures described in this manual, it will be helpful to understand the following modes:

AUTO

The functions performed by the block will execute. If the block has any outputs, these will continue to update. This is typically the normal operating mode.

Out of Service (OOS)

The functions performed by the block will not execute. If the block has any outputs, these will typically not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be “BAD”. To make some changes to the configuration of the block, change the mode of the block to OOS. When the changes are complete, change the mode back to AUTO.

MAN

In this mode, variables that are passed out of the block can be manually set for testing or override purposes.

Other Types of Modes

Other types of modes are Cas, RCas, ROut, IMan and LO. Some of these may be supported by different function blocks in the Rosemount 5900S.

For more information, see the Function Block manual (Document No.

00809-0100-4783).

NOTE

When an upstream block is set to OOS, this will impact the output status of all downstream blocks. The figure below depicts the hierarchy of blocks:

Resource

Block

Transducer

Block

Analog Input

(AI Block)

Other function blocks

Section 4. Configuration

4-39

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.10.2 Block

Instantiation

4.10.3 Factory

Configuration

Table 4-4. Function blocks for the 5900S

The Rosemount 5900S supports the use of Function Block Instantiation.

When a device supports block instantiation, the number of blocks and block types can be defined to match specific application needs.The number of blocks that can be instantiated is only limited by the amount of memory within the device and the block types that are supported by the device. Instantiation does not apply to standard device blocks like the Resource and Transducer

Blocks.

By reading the parameter “FREE_SPACE” in the Resource block you can determine how many blocks you can instantiate. Each block that you instantiate takes up 4.6% of the “FREE_SPACE”.

Block instantiation is done by the host control system or configuration tool, but not all hosts implement this functionality. Please refer to your specific host or configuration tool manual for more information.

The following fixed configuration of function blocks is provided:

Function Block

Analog Input

(1)

Analog Input

Analog Input

Analog Input

Analog Input

Analog Input

Analog Output

(2)

Analog Output

PID

Control Selector

Output Splitter

Signal Characterizer

Integrator

Arithmetic

Input Selector

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2300

Index Default Tag

AI 1600

AI 1700

AI 1800

AI 1900

AI 2000

AI 2100

AO 2200

AO 2300

PID 2400

CSEL 2500

OSPL 2600

CHAR 2700

INTEG 2800

ARITH 2900

ISEL 3000

(1) See “Factory Supplied AI Blocks” on page 4-42 for more information.

(2) See “Analog Output Block” on page 4-48 for more information.

Available

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

Default, deletable

4-40

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.11 ANALOG INPUT

BLOCK

4.11.1 Configure the AI

Block

A minimum of four parameters are required to configure the AI Block. The parameters are described below with example configurations shown at the end of this section.

CHANNEL

Select the channel that corresponds to the desired sensor measurement:

Table 4-5. AI block channels for the 5900S

AI Block Parameter TB Channel Value Process Variable

Level

Distance

Level Rate

Signal Strength

Internal Temperature

Volume

1

4

5

2

3

6

CHANNEL_LEVEL

CHANNEL_DISTANCE

CHANNEL_LEVELRATE

CHANNEL_SIGNAL_STRENGTH

CHANNEL_HOUSING_TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL_VOLUME

L_TYPE

The L_TYPE parameter defines the relationship of the transmitter measurement (Level, Distance, Level Rate, Signal Strength, Internal

Temperature, and Volume) to the desired output of the AI Block. The relationship can be direct or indirect root.

Direct

Select direct when the desired output will be the same as the transmitter measurement (Level, Distance, Level Rate, Signal Strength, Volume, and

Internal Temperature).

Indirect

Select indirect when the desired output is a calculated measurement based on the transmitter measurement (Level, Distance, Level Rate,

Signal Strength, Volume, and Internal Temperature). The relationship between the transmitter measurement and the calculated measurement will be linear.

Indirect Square Root

Select indirect square root when the desired output is an inferred measurement based on the transmitter measurement and the relationship between the sensor measurement and the inferred measurement is square root.

XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE

The XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE each include three parameters: 0%,

100%, and engineering units. Set these based on the L_TYPE:

L_TYPE is Direct

When the desired output is the measured variable, set the XD_SCALE to represent the operating range of the process. Set OUT_SCALE to match

XD_SCALE.

Section 4. Configuration

4-41

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

L_TYPE is Indirect

When an inferred measurement is made based on the sensor measurement, set the XD_SCALE to represent the operating range that the sensor will see in the process. Determine the inferred measurement values that correspond to the XD_SCALE 0 and 100% points and set these for the OUT_SCALE.

L_TYPE is Indirect Square Root

When an inferred measurement is made based on the transmitter measurement and the relationship between the inferred measurement and sensor measurement is square root, set the XD_SCALE to represent the operating range that the sensor will see in the process. Determine the inferred measurement values that correspond to the XD_SCALE 0 and

100% points and set these for the OUT_SCALE.

Engineering Units

NOTE!

To avoid configuration errors, only select Engineering Units for XD_SCALE

and OUT_SCALE that are supported by the device (see “Supported Units” on page C-27.

4.11.2 Factory Supplied

AI Blocks

The Rosemount 5900S is supplied with six pre-configured AI blocks

according to Table 4-6. The block configuration can be changed if needed.

Table 4-6. Factory supplied AI blocks for the 5900S

AI Block

1

4

5

2

3

6

Channel

CHANNEL_LEVEL

CHANNEL_DISTANCE

CHANNEL_LEVELRATE

CHANNEL_SIGNAL_STRENGTH

CHANNEL_HOUSING_TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL_VOLUME

L-Type

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Units

Meter

Meter

Meter per hour mV deg C m

3

4.11.3 Application

Example

Level Value

A 5900S Radar Level Gauge measures the product level in a 15 m high tank.

Table 4-7. Analog Input function block configuration for a 5900S level gauge

Parameter

L_TYPE

XD_SCALE

OUT_SCALE

CHANNEL

Configured Values

Direct

EU_0=0. EU_100=15.

Engineering unit=meter.

EU_0=0. EU_100=15.

Engineering unit=meter.

CH1: Level

4-42

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.11.4 Simulation

Rosemount 5900S Series

To perform lab test of process variables and alerts, you can either change the mode of the AI block to manual and adjust the output value, or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status. In both cases, you must first set the

SIMULATE switch (1) on the field device to the ON position.

With simulation enabled, the actual measurement value has no impact on the

OUT value or the status.

Figure 4-13. Simulation switch

P

ON P

1 2

Section 4. Configuration

4-43

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.11.5 Filtering

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input. You can adjust the filter time constant (in seconds) using the PV_FTIME parameter.

Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature.

Figure 4-14. Analog Input

Function Block Timing Diagram

OUT (mode in man)

63% of Change

OUT (mode in auto)

PV

FIELD_VAL

Time (seconds)

PV_FTIME

4-44

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.11.6 Signal

Conversion

Rosemount 5900S Series

You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type (L_TYPE) parameter. You can view the converted signal (in percent of XD_SCALE) through the FIELD_VAL parameter.

FIELD_VAL

=

100 Channel Value EU*@0%

* XD_SCALE values

You can choose from direct or indirect signal conversion with the L_TYPE parameter.

Direct

Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when simulation is enabled).

PV

=

Channel Value

Indirect

Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value (or the simulated value when simulation is enabled) from its specified range (XD_SCALE) to the range and units of the PV and OUT parameters (OUT_SCALE).

PV

=

-------------------------------

100

 

EU**@100% EU**@0%

** OUT_SCALE values

Indirect Square Root

Indirect Square Root signal conversion takes the square root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion and scales it to the range and units of the PV and OUT parameters.

PV

=

-------------------------------

100

 

** OUT_SCALE values

When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW_CUT parameter, and the Low Cutoff I/O option (IO_OPTS) is enabled (True), a value of zero is used for the converted value (PV). This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure measurement is close to zero, and it may also be useful with zero-based measurement devices such as flowmeters.

NOTE!

Low Cutoff is the only I/O option supported by the AI block. You can set the

I/O option in Manual or Out of Service mode only.

Section 4. Configuration

4-45

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.11.7 Modes

4.11.8 Process Alarms

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The AI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the

MODE_BLK parameter:

Manual (Man) The block output (OUT) may be set manually

Automatic (Auto) OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled

Out of Service (O/S) The block is not processed. FIELD_VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad: Out of Service. The

BLOCK_ERR parameter shows Out of Service. In this mode, you can make changes to all configurable parameters. The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes.

Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT value. You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms:

• High (HI_LIM)

• High high (HI_HI_LIM)

• Low (LO_LIM)

• Low low (LO_LO_LIM)

In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit, an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the

ALARM_HYS parameter.

The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters:

• HI_PRI

• HI_HI_PRI

• LO_PRI

• LO_LO_PRI

4.11.9 Alarm Priority

Table 4-8. Alarm levels of priority

Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority:

0

Priority Number

1

2

3-7

8-15

Priority Description

The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected.

An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system, but is not reported to the operator.

An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator, but does not require operator attention (such as diagnostics and system alerts).

Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority.

Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority.

4-46

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.11.10 Status Handling

4.11.11 Advanced

Features

Rosemount 5900S Series

Normally, the status of the PV reflects the status of the measurement value, the operating condition of the I/O card, and any active alarm condition. In Auto mode, OUT reflects the value and status quality of the PV. In Man mode, the

OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the

OUT status is Good.

The Uncertain - EU range violation status is always set and the PV status is set high- or low-limited if the sensor limits for conversion are exceeded.

In the STATUS_OPTS parameter, you can select from the following options to control the status handling:

BAD if Limited – sets the OUT status quality to Bad when the value is higher or lower than the sensor limits.

Uncertain if Limited – sets the OUT status quality to Uncertain when the value is higher or lower than the sensor limits.

Uncertain if in Manual mode – The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual.

NOTE!

The instrument must be in Manual or Out of Service mode to set the status option.

The AI block only supports the BAD if Limited option. Unsupported options are not grayed out; they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options.

The AI function block provided with Rosemount fieldbus devices provides added capability through the addition of the following parameters:

ALARM_TYPE – Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the AI function block to be used in setting its OUT_D parameter.

OUT_D – Discrete output of the AI function block based on the detection of process alarm condition(s). This parameter may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition.

VAR_SCAN – Time period in seconds over which the variability index

(VAR_INDEX) is computed.

VAR_INDEX – Process variability index measured as the integral of average absolute error between PV and its mean value over the previous evaluation period. This index is calculated as a percent of OUT span and is updated at the end of the time period defined by VAR_SCAN.

Section 4. Configuration

4-47

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.12 ANALOG OUTPUT

BLOCK

The Rosemount 5900S is supplied with two pre-configured Analog Output

(AO) blocks according to Table 4-10. The block configuration can be changed

if needed. See “Analog Output Block” on page C-9 for more information.

CHANNEL

Select the channel that corresponds to the desired sensor measurement:

Table 4-9. AO block channels for the 5900S

AO Block Parameter TB Channel Value Process Variable

Vapor Temperature

Pressure

User Defined

Tank Temperature

7

8

9

10

CHANNEL_VAPOR_TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL_PRESSURE

CHANNEL_USERDEFINED

CHANNEL_TANK_TEMPERATURE

Table 4-10. Factory supplied

AO blocks for the 5900S

AO Block

1

2

Channel

CHANNEL_VAPOR_TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL_PRESSURE

Units

deg C bar

XD_SCALE

The XD_SCALE includes three parameters: 0%, 100%, and engineering units. Set the XD_SCALE engineering unit to represent the unit for the AO block channel value.

4-48

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.12.1 Application

Example

LPG

A 5900S Radar Level Gauge configured for LPG measurements with temperature and pressure sensors.

Table 4-11. Function block configuration for a 5900S level gauge in a LPG application

Temperature device

5900S Radar Level Gauge

AO block 1

AI block

OUT

CAS_IN

OUT

Pressure device

(Rosemount 2051)

AI block

OUT

AO block 2

CAS_IN

OUT

CAS_IN

OUT

=Remote setpoint value from another function block

=Block output and status.

Section 4. Configuration

4-49

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.13 RESOURCE BLOCK

4.13.1 FEATURES and

FEATURES_SEL

The FEATURES parameter is read only and defines which features are supported by the 5900S. Below is a list of the FEATURES the 5900S supports.

FEATURES_SEL is used to turn on any of the supported features that are found in the FEATURES parameter. The default setting of the Rosemount

5900S is HARD W LOCK. Choose one or more of the supported features if any.

UNICODE

All configurable string variables in the 5900S, except tag names, are octet strings. Either ASCII or Unicode may be used. If the configuration device is generating Unicode octet strings, you must set the Unicode option bit.

REPORTS

The 5900S supports alert reports. The Reports option bit must be set in the features bit string to use this feature. If it is not set, the host must poll for alerts. If this bit is set, the transmitter will actively report alerts.

SOFT W LOCK and HARD W LOCK

Inputs to the security and write lock functions include the hardware security switch, the hardware and software write lock bits of the FEATURE_SEL parameter, the WRITE_LOCK parameter, and the DEFINE_WRITE_LOCK parameter.

The WRITE_LOCK parameter prevents modification of parameters within the device except to clear the WRITE_LOCK parameter. During this time, the block will function normally updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms. When the WRITE_LOCK condition is cleared, a WRITE_ALM alert is generated with a priority that corresponds to the WRITE_PRI parameter.

The FEATURE_SEL parameter enables the user to select a hardware or software write lock or no write lock capability. To enable the hardware security function, enable the HARDW_LOCK bit in the FEATURE_SEL parameter.

When this bit has been enabled the WRITE_LOCK parameter becomes read only and will reflect the state of the hardware switch.

In order to enable the software write lock, the SOFTW_LOCK bit must be set in the FEATURE_SEL parameter. Once this bit is set, the WRITE_LOCK parameter may be set to “Locked” or “Not Locked.” Once the WRITE_LOCK parameter is set to “Locked” by the software lock, all user requested writes as determined by the DEFINE_WRITE_LOCK parameter shall be rejected.

The DEFINE_WRITE_LOCK parameter allows the user to configure whether the write lock functions (both software and hardware) will control writing to all blocks, or only to the resource and transducer blocks. Internally updated data such as process variables and diagnostics will not be restricted by the security switch.

The following table displays all possible configurations of the WRITE_LOCK parameter.

4-50

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

FEATURE_SEL

HARDW_LOCK bit

0 (off)

0 (off)

0 (off)

0 (off)

1 (on)

1 (on)

FEATURE_SEL

SOFTW_LOCK bit

0 (off)

1 (on)

1 (on)

1 (on)

0 (off)

0 (off)

(1)

SECURITY

SWITCH

NA

NA

NA

NA

0 (unlocked)

1 (locked)

WRITE_LOCK

1 (unlocked)

1 (unlocked)

2 (locked)

2 (locked)

1 (unlocked)

2 (locked)

WRITE_LOCK

Read/Write

Read only

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read/Write

Read only

Read only

DEFINE_WRITE_

LOCK

NA

NA

Physical

Everything

NA

Physical

Everything

Write access to blocks

All

All

Function Blocks

Only

None

All

Function Blocks

Only

None 1 (on) 0 (off) 1 (locked) 2 (locked) Read only

(1) The hardware and software write lock select bits are mutually exclusive and the hardware select has the highest priority. When the HARDW_LOCK bit if set to 1 (on), the SOFTW_LOCK bit is automatically set to 0 (off) and is read only.

4.13.2 MAX_NOTIFY

The MAX_NOTIFY parameter value is the maximum number of alert reports that the resource can have sent without getting a confirmation, corresponding to the amount of buffer space available for alert messages. The number can be set lower, to control alert flooding, by adjusting the LIM_NOTIFY parameter value. If LIM_NOTIFY is set to zero, then no alerts are reported.

Section 4. Configuration

4-51

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.13.3 PlantWeb

Alerts

The Resource Block will act as a coordinator for PlantWeb alerts. There will be three alarm parameters (FAILED_ALARM, MAINT_ALARM, and

ADVISE_ALARM) which will contain information regarding device errors detected by the transmitter software. There will be a

RECOMMENDED_ACTION parameter which will be used to display the recommended action text for the highest priority alarm, and a

HEALTH_INDEX parameter (0 - 100) indicating the overall health of the device. FAILED_ALARM will have the highest priority followed by

MAINT_ALARM, and ADVISE_ALARM will be the lowest priority.

FAILED_ALARMS

A failure alarm indicates a failure within a device that will make the device or some part of the device non-operational. This implies that the device is in need of repair and must be fixed immediately. There are five parameters associated with FAILED_ALARMS specifically, they are described below.

FAILED_ENABLE

This parameter contains a list of failures in the device which makes the device non-operational that will cause an alarm to be sent. Below is a list of the failures in order of priority from 1 to 5, where 5 is the highest priority.

This priority is not the same as the FAILED_PRI parameter described below. It is hard coded within the device and is not user configurable.

1. Software Incompatibility Error

2. Memory Failure - FF I/O Board

3. Device Error

4. Internal Communication Failure

5. Electronics Failure

FAILED_MASK

This parameter will mask any of the failed conditions listed in

FAILED_ENABLE. A bit on means that the condition is masked out from alarming and will not be reported.

FAILED_PRI

Designates the alarming priority of the FAILED_ALM, see “Alarm Priority” on page 4-46. The default is 0 and the recommended values are between

8 and 15.

FAILED_ACTIVE

This parameter displays which of the alarms are active.

FAILED_ALM

Alarm indicating a failure within a device which makes the device non-operational.

4-52

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

MAINT_ALARMS

A maintenance alarm indicates that the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon. If the condition is ignored, the device will eventually fail. There are five parameters associated with MAINT_ALARMS, they are described below.

MAINT_ENABLE

The MAINT_ENABLE parameter contains a list of conditions indicating that the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon. Below is a list of the conditions in order of priority from 1 to 2, where 2 is the highest priority. This priority is not the same as the MAINT_PRI parameter described below. It is hard coded within the device and is not user configurable.

Below is a list of the conditions

(1)

:

1. Device Major Information

2. Device Warning

MAINT_MASK

The MAINT_MASK parameter will mask any of the failed conditions listed in MAINT_ENABLED. A bit on means that the condition is masked out from alarming and will not be reported.

MAINT_PRI

MAINT_PRI designates the alarming priority of the MAINT_ALM, see

“Alarm Priority” on page 4-46. The default is 0 and the recommended

values are 3 to 7.

MAINT_ACTIVE

The MAINT_ACTIVE parameter displays which of the alarms are active.

MAINT_ALM

An alarm indicating that the device needs maintenance soon. If the condition is ignored, the device will eventually fail.

Section 4. Configuration

(1) Note that maintenance alarms are not enabled by default.

4-53

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

ADVISE_ALARMS

An advisory alarm indicates informative conditions that do not have a direct impact on the primary functions of the device. There are five parameters associated with ADVISE_ALARMS, they are described below.

ADVISE_ENABLE

The ADVISE_ENABLE parameter contains a list of informative conditions that do not have a direct impact on the primary functions of the device.

Below is a list of the conditions in order of priority from 1 to 2, where 2 is the highest priority. This priority is not the same as the ADVISE_PRI parameter described below. It is hard coded within the device and is not user configurable.

Below is a list of the advisories

(1)

:

1. Device Minor Information

2. PlantWeb Alerts Simulation Active

ADVISE_MASK

The ADVISE_MASK parameter will mask any of the failed conditions listed in ADVISE_ENABLE. A bit on means the condition is masked out from alarming and will not be reported.

ADVISE_PRI

ADVISE_PRI designates the alarming priority of the ADVISE_ALM, see

“Alarm Priority” on page 4-46. The default is 0 and the recommended

values are 1 or 2.

ADVISE_ACTIVE

The ADVISE_ACTIVE parameter displays which of the advisories is active.

ADVISE_ALM

An alarm that indicates advisory alarms. These conditions do not have a direct impact on the process or device integrity.

Recommended Actions for PlantWeb Alerts

The RECOMMENDED_ACTION parameter displays a text string that will give a recommended course of action to take based on which type and which

specific event of the PlantWeb alerts is active (See Table 6-10 on page 6-29).

4-54

(1) Note that advisory alarms are not enabled by default.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.14 475 FIELD

COMMUNICATOR

MENU TREE

The 5900S can be configured by using a 475 Field Communicator. The menu tree below shows the available options for configuration and service.

Figure 4-15. Field Communicator Menu Tree

.

1 Level

2 Level Status

3 Distance

4 Distance Status

5 Level Rate

6 Level Rate Status

7 Signal Strength

8 Signal Strength Status

1 Device Status

2 Mode

3 Primary purpose variables

4 Device information

1 Identification

2 Revisions

3 Security

SIL

1 SIL Enabled

2 Device Status

3 Mode

4 Primary purpose variables

5 Device information

1 Units

2 Antenna

3 Geometry

4 Tank Shape

5 Environment

6 Finish

1 Overview

2 Configure

3 Service Tools

1 Guided Setup

2 Manual Setup

3 Alert Setup

1 Mode

2 Device

3 Antenna

4 Geometry

5 Tank Shape

6 Environment

7 Volume

8 Advanced

9 Classic View

1 FF I/O Board

2 Radar Level Gauge

3 Simulation Alerts

4 Priority

1 Alerts

2 Variables

3 Trends

4 Maintenance

5 Simulate

1 Active Alerts

1 Measurement

2 External Input

1 Level

2 Distance

3 Level Rate

4 Volume

5 Signal Strength

6 Internal Temperature

7 Vapor Pressure

8 Vapor Temperature

1 Device Status

2 Reset/Restore

1 Measurement

2 PlantWeb Alerts

Section 4. Configuration

4-55

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.15 CONFIGURATION

USING AMS DEVICE

MANAGER

The Rosemount 5900S supports DD Methods to facilitate device configuration. The following description shows how to use the AMS Device

Manager application to configure the Rosemount 5900S in a F

OUNDATION fieldbus system.

For more information on configuration parameters see “Basic Configuration” on page 4-6 and “Advanced Configuration” on page 4-15.

To configure the Rosemount 5900S in AMS Device Manager application:

1. Open the View>Device Connection View.

2. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node to view the devices.

3. Right-click or double-click the desired gauge icon to open the list of menu options:

4. Choose the Overview option.

4-56

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

5. Click the Change button and set the device to Out Of Service (OOS) mode. In case you don’t change device mode now, it will automatically be changed when starting the Measurement Setup wizard.

6. Click the Guided Setup button to open the Guided Setup window.

Section 4. Configuration

7. Click the Measurement Setup button to start the configuration wizard.

In case the device was not set to Out Of Service mode, a warning message will appear that the device needs to be in Out Of Service mode in order to make configuration changes:

4-57

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

8. Click the Next button to proceed. The 5900S level gauge will automatically be set to Out Of Service (OOS) mode, and the

Measurement Setup - Units window appears:

4-58

9. Choose measurement units for Length, Level Rate, Volume,

Temperature, and Pressure. Note that parameters in the Analog Input block are not affected.

10. Click the Next button to open the Measurement Setup - Antenna window.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Section 4. Configuration

11. Choose one of the predefined Antenna Types to match the antenna attached to the 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

For Still-pipe Array antennas the antenna size is also required. Sizes ranging from 5 to 12 inch are available.

Enter the Pipe Diameter if the 5900S is installed in a Still-pipe.

12. Click the Next button to open the Measurement Setup - Geometry window.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1100>ANTENNA_TYPE

TRANSDUCER 1100>ANTENNA_SIZE

TRANSDUCER 1100>PIPE_DIAMETER

TRANSDUCER 1100>HOLD_OFF_DIST

4-59

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4-60

13. Tank Reference Height (R) is the distance from the Tank Reference

Point to the Zero Level near the tank bottom. Ensure that this number is as accurate as possible.

14. The Reference Distance (G) is the distance between the Tank

Reference Point and the Gauge Reference Point, which is located at the upper surface of the nozzle flange or manhole cover on which the gauge is mounted. G is positive if the Tank Reference Point is located above the Gauge Reference Point, otherwise G is negative.

15. The Minimum Level Distance (C) is defined as the distance between the Zero Level (Dipping Datum Point) and the minimum level (tank bottom) for the product surface. By specifying a C-distance the measuring range can be extended to the bottom of the tank.

C>0: the 5900S presents negative level values when the product surface is below the Zero Level.

You can use the Show negative level values as zero check box if you wish to present product levels below the Zero Level (Datum plate) as equal to zero.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1100>TANK_HEIGHT_R

TRANSDUCER 1100>OFFSET_DIST_G

TRANSDUCER 1100>BOTTOM_OFFSET_DIST_C

TRANSDUCER 1100>TANK_PRESENTATION

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

16. Click the Next button and proceed to the Measurement Setup - Tank

Shape window:

Section 4. Configuration

17. Select a Tank Type option that matches the actual tank. Choose

Unknown if none of the available options is applicable.

18. Select Tank Bottom Type that matches the actual tank. Choose

Unknown if no option is applicable.

19. Click the Next button to open the Measurement Setup - Environment window.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1100>TANK_SHAPE

TRANSDUCER 1100>TANK_BOTTOM_TYPE

4-61

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4-62

20. Select check boxes that correspond to the conditions in the tank. Use as few options as possible. It is recommended that no more than two options are used simultaneously.

21. Choose Product Dielectric Range from the drop-down list. Use the

Unknown option if the correct value range is unknown or if the contents of the tank is changing on a regular basis.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1100>PRODUCT_DC

TRANSDUCER 1100>TANK_ENVIRONMENT

22. Click the Finish button.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

23. In the Measurement Setup window click the Finish button and return to the Guided Setup tab.

24. When the Guided Setup is finished, it is recommended that the 5900S is restarted by clicking the Restart Measurement button

(1)

.

25. Now you can continue with volume configuration and advanced

configuration if desired. See “Volume configuration” on page 4-64 and

“Advanced configuration” on page 4-65.

Section 4. Configuration

(1) Restarting the 5900S does not affect the Foundation fieldbus communication.

4-63

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.15.1 Volume configuration

To open the Volume configuration option:

1. Open the AMS Device Manager application.

2. Open Configure>Manual Setup>Volume.

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4-64

The Volume tab lets you configure the 5900S for volume measurements. You can choose a calculation method based on one of the pre-defined standard tank types or the Strapping Table option. The Strapping Table can be used in case a standard tank type does not provide sufficient accuracy.

Depending on the chosen Volume Calculation Method, i.e. Ideal Sphere,

Vertical or Horizontal Cylinder, you will need to specify one or both of the two parameters Tank Diameter (L1) and Tank Length (L2).

A Volume Offset parameter can be specified if you like to use a non-zero volume for the zero level. This may be useful if you would like to include the product volume below the zero level in the total volume.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.15.2 Advanced configuration

Several advanced configuration options are available for the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge. These may be used to optimize measurement performance for certain applications.

To find the advanced configuration options:

1. Open the AMS Device Manager application.

2. Open Configure>Manual Setup>Advanced.

Advanced

Section 4. Configuration

The Advanced Configuration window offers several functions for optimizing the 5900S level gauge for various measurement conditions. For example, the

Echo Threshold Settings function lets you create an Amplitude Threshold table to filter out echoes from disturbing objects.

See “Advanced Configuration” on page 4-15 for more information on how to

use various options such as Echo Curve (Tank Scan), Empty Tank Handling,

Surface Echo Tracking and Filter Settings.

4-65

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Echo Curve

The Echo Curve window lets you analyze the measurement signal from a

Rosemount 5900S. It allows you to view tank echoes and configure parameters to enable the gauge to distinguish between surface echoes and

disturbing echoes and noise. For details see “Tank Scan” on page 4-10.

4-66

The Echo Peaks button lets you open the Echo Peaks window which allows you to register false echoes.

The Echo Threshold Settings button opens the Echo Threshold Settings window which lets you set a general amplitude threshold to filter out noise.

You may also create a customized amplitude threshold curve to optimize disturbing echo filtering.

For more information see chapter “Service Functions/Tank Scan” in the

Raptor System Configuration manual (Document No. 300510EN).

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Echo Threshold Settings

The Echo Threshold Settings window lets you create a general amplitude threshold to filter out noise. You may also create a customized amplitude threshold curve to optimize disturbing echo filtering.

Section 4. Configuration

4-67

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Echo Peaks

The Echo Peaks window lets you register false echoes. You may also point out which peak is the actual product surface. This function may be useful to facilitate surface echo tracking in a tank with many disturbing objects.

When using this function you should check that registered echoes correspond to actual objects in the tank.

4-68

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Echo Tracking

The Surface Echo Tracking function can be used to eliminate problems with certain types of “ghost” echoes below the product surface. This may, for example, occur in Still-pipes as a result of multiple reflections between the pipe wall, flange and antenna. In the tank spectrum these echoes appear as amplitude peaks at various distances below the product surface.

To activate this function, ensure that there are no disturbing echoes above the product surface and select the Always Track First Echo check box.

Section 4. Configuration

For details see “Surface Echo Tracking” on page 4-16.

4-69

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Empty Tank Handling

The Empty Tank Handling function facilitates surface tracking close to the tank bottom for products with a low dielectric constant. Such products are relatively transparent for microwaves, and strong echoes from the tank bottom may interfere with the relatively weak measurement signal from the surface. Using this function may therefore improve measurement performance when the product surface is close to the tank bottom.

In case the product surface echo is lost in the Empty Tank Detection Area close to the tank bottom, the device will enter Empty Tank state and an

Invalid Level alarm is triggered.

4-70

The Extra Echo Detection function is used for tanks with a dome or conical bottom shape provided the tank bottom does not produce a strong echo when the tank is empty. For tanks with a conical bottom, an echo may appear beneath the actual tank bottom when the tank is empty. If the device is not able to detect the tank bottom this function can be used to ensure that the device stays in empty tank state as long as this extra echo is present.

For further details see “Empty Tank Handling” on page 4-11.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Filter Settings

The Filter Settings window provides various functions for optimizing echo tracking depending on tank conditions and movement of the product surface.

Section 4. Configuration

The Distance Filter Factor defines the amount of product level filtering

(1 = 100%).

A low Filter Factor makes the level value steady but the device reacts slowly to level changes in the tank.

A high Filter Factor makes the device react quickly to level changes but the presented level value can sometimes be somewhat jumpy.

The Jump Filter is typically used for applications with turbulent surface and makes the echo tracking work smoother as the level passes, for example, an agitator.

The Least Square Filter provides increased accuracy for slow filling or emptying of a tank. The Least Square filter can not be used at the same time as the Adaptive Filter.

The Adaptive Filter automatically adapts to the movement of the surface level. It tracks product level fluctuations and continuously adjusts the filter grade accordingly. The filter can preferably be used in tanks in which fast tracking of level changes are important and turbulence occasionally cause unstable level readings.

4-71

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.16 PLANTWEB ALERT

SETUP

The Alert Setup window allows you to configure and enable/disable Plantweb

Alerts.

For details on how to view active alerts see “Viewing Active Alerts in AMS” on page 6-26.

To open the Alert Setup window:

1. From the Start menu; open the AMS Device Manager application.

2. Open the View>Device Connection View.

3. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node.

4. Right-click or double-click the desired gauge icon to open the list of menu options.

4-72

5. Click the right mouse button and choose the Configure option.

6. Select the Alert Setup option.

7. Select the desired tab (FF I/O Board, Radar Level Gauge).

8. Specify alerts for the different error types.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.16.1 FF I/O Board

Default alert setup for FF I/O Board:

Rosemount 5900S Series

To configure the alerts:

1. For each error type select the check box for the desired alert type

(Failed, Maintenance, Advisory).

2. Click the Send button.

Section 4. Configuration

4-73

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.16.2 Radar Level

Gauge

Default alert setup for Radar Level Gauge:

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

To configure the alerts:

1. For each error type select the check box for the desired alert type

(Failed, Maintenance, Advisory).

2. Click the Send button.

4-74

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.16.3 Simulation

Rosemount 5900S Series

Note that when simulating PlantWeb Alerts, only those alerts which are setup

according to the default configuration will be simulated, see section “Alert

Default Settings” on page 4-76.

Section 4. Configuration

4-75

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4.16.4 Alert Default

Settings

Table 4-12. Default Plantweb

Alert configuration for FF I/O

Board

Table 4-13. Default Plantweb

Alert configuration for Radar

Level Gauge

The following default settings are used for the FF I/O Board and the Radar

Level Gauge. You may configure error types in a different way if you like. For example, the Device major information error is configured as a Maintenance alert for the Radar Level Gauge by default. The Alert Setup window allows you to enable the alert as Failed or Advisory instead. However, when simulating Plant Web Alerts, only those alerts which are setup according to the default configuration will be seen. So the Device major information error can be simulated if it is configured as a Maintenance alert, otherwise not.

FF I/O Board

Error type

Electronic failure

Internal communication failure

Memory Failure

Software Incompatibility Error

Default configuration

Failed alert

Failed alert

Failed alert

Failed alert

Enabled / Disabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Radar Level Gauge

Error type

Device error

Device major information

Device minor information

Device warning

Default configuration

Failed alert

Maintenance alert

Advisory alert

Maintenance alert

Enabled / Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Simulation

Table 4-14. Default Plantweb

Alert configuration for Simulation

Error type

PWA Simulation Active

Default configuration

Maintenance alert

Enabled / Disabled

Disabled

4-76

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4.17 LPG SETUP USING DELTAV / AMS DEVICE MANAGER

The Rosemount 5900S can be setup in a F

OUNDATION

fieldbus system for

LPG applications. DeltaV/AMS Device Manager supports configuration as described on the following pages. Prior to performing the LPG Setup it is

recommended that you read “Preparations” on page 4-20 for information on

how to prepare a 5900S for LPG configuration.

To configure a 5900S for LPG applications:

1. Open Control Studio or some other appropriate tool for configuration of

F

OUNDATION

fieldbus function blocks.

Section 4. Configuration

2. Ensure that the Analog Output blocks are connected to the appropriate devices for Vapor Temperature and Vapor Pressure.

3. In DeltaV/AMS Device Manager, open the View>Device Connection

View.

4. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node to view the devices.

5. Right-click or double-click the 5900S level gauge icon to open the list of menu options.

6. Choose the Configure option.

7. Choose Manual Setup and select the Advanced tab.

4-77

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Advanced

Vapor Pressure and Temperature

8. Click the LPG Setup button.

9. Select the Vapor Pressure and Temperature tab.

4-78

10. Verify that Vapor Pressure and Vapor Temperature appear in the corresponding fields. If not, check that the devices are properly wired and the Analog Output blocks are configured in, for example, Control

Studio.

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

11. Select the Gas Correction tab.

Rosemount 5900S Series

12. Choose correction method Air Correction. This setting is used during the Pin Verification procedure. When the LPG Setup is finished, and the tank is ready to be put into operation, the correction method must be set to correspond with the type of product in the tank.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_CORRECTION_METHOD

Section 4. Configuration

4-79

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

13. Calibrate. Check the distance to the calibration ring at the end of the still-pipe as measured by the 5900S Radar Level Gauge. Adjust the

Calibration Distance in case the measured distance is not equal to the actual distance between the Tank Reference Point and the calibration

ring. See “Tank Geometry” on page 4-6 for more information on tank

geometry settings.

4-80

NOTE!

It is important that the Inner Diameter of the still-pipe is properly configured.

Open the Antenna tab in case you would like to verify the Inner Diameter configuration.

See “LPG/LNG Antenna Requirements” on page 3-13 for more information on

still-pipe requirements for the 5900S with LPG/LNG Antenna.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameter:

TRANSDUCER 1100>CALIBRATION_DIST

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

14. Select the Pin Setup tab to configure the Verification Pin.

Section 4. Configuration

15. Enter nominal position. Normally, there is one verification pin placed at

2500 mm below the flange. In case there are two or three verification pins, enter nominal position for each one. In addition to that, a calibration ring should be installed at the bottom end of the still-pipe. It will be used

for calibrating the tank geometry parameters. See “LPG/LNG Antenna

Requirements” on page 3-13 for more information.

The Pipe Expansion Factor lets you compensate for thermal expansion of the still-pipe.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_NUMBER_OF_PINS

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN1_CONFIGURATION

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN2_CONFIGURATION

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN3_CONFIGURATION

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN_TEMPERATURE

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN_TEMP_EXP_PPM

4-81

Rosemount 5900S Series

16. Verify pin position: a. Open the Verify Pins tab.

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

4-82 b. Click the Pin Verification button to start the verification process.

c. Compare Measured Position with Nominal Position (actual position of the Verification Pin in the Still-pipe). d. In case the Measured Position deviates from the Nominal Position, note the Measured Position and return to the Pin Setup tab. e. Enter the Measured position into the Nominal Position field and click the Send button. f. Repeat steps a. to e. until the message “Successful Verification” appears, indicating that Nominal Position corresponds to the

Measured Position.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_VER_PIN1_

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_PIN1_CONFIGURATION

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

17. Select the Gas Correction tab.

Rosemount 5900S Series

Section 4. Configuration

18. Choose the appropriate correction method for the product in the tank.

F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus parameters:

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_CORRECTION_METHOD

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_NUMBER_OF_GASSES

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_TYPE1

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_PERC1

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_TYPE2

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_PERC2

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_TYPE3

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_PERC3

TRANSDUCER 1500>LPG_GAS_TYPE4

Choose one of the following correction methods: a. Air Correction.

This method should only be used when there is no vapor in the tank, i.e. when the tank is empty and contains air only. It is used in the initial step when calibrating the 5900S.

b. One known gas.

This method may be used when there is only one gas type in the tank. It provides the highest accuracy among the different correction methods. Note that even small amounts of another gas reduces the accuracy.

4-83

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014 c. One or more unknown gases.

Use this method for hydrocarbons, for example Propane/Buthane, when the exact mixture is not known. d. Two gases with unknown mixratio.

This method is suitable for a mixture of two gases even if the mixratio is not known.

e. One or more known gases with known mixratio.

This method may be used when there is a well known mixture of up to 4 products in the tank.

Now the Rosemount 5900S level gauge is ready to measure the product level when the tank is put into operation.

4-84

Section 4. Configuration

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 5

5.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

Rosemount 5900S Series

Operation

5.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5-1

5.2

Viewing Measurement Data in TankMaster . . . . . . page 5-2

5.3

Alarm Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5-2

5.4

Viewing Measurement Data in AMS Suite . . . . . . . page 5-3

Procedures and instructions in this section may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Please refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Failure to follow safe installation and servicing guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

Make sure only qualified personnel perform the installation.

Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Do not perform any service other than those contained in this manual unless you are qualified.

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

Do not remove the gauge cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

5.2 VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA IN TANKMASTER

The Rosemount TankMaster program has several options for viewing measurement and inventory data for single tanks and tank groups.

TankMaster also offers the option to create custom views with your own set of parameters. See the TankMaster WinOpi Reference Manual (Document No.

303028EN) for more information.

Figure 5-1. Example of a bargraph view in TankMaster

WinOpi

5.3 ALARM HANDLING

5.3.1

PlantWeb Alerts

The Rosemount TankMaster WinOpi program supports a wide range of alarm functions. Alarms can be set for various measurement data such as Level,

Average Temperature, and Vapor Pressure. Alarm limits can also be specified for inventory data such as Net Standard Volume (NSV).

Active alarms can be shown in the Alarm Summary window. The Alarm Log lets you view alarms that are no longer active. The Alarm Log can be saved to disk for future reference.

See the TankMaster WinOpi Reference Manual (Document No. 303028EN) for more information.

For information on how to setup and view active PlantWeb Alerts see

“PlantWeb

Alerts” on page 4-52 and “PlantWeb Alerts” on page 6-26.

5-2

Section 5. Operation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

5.4 VIEWING MEASUREMENT DATA IN AMS SUITE

To view measurement data such as Level, Volume, Level Rate, and Signal

Strength in AMS Device Manager:

1. Open the View>Device Connection View.

2. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node to view the devices.

3. Right-click or double-click the desired 5900S gauge icon to open the list of menu options:

4. Choose the Service Tools option.

Section 5. Operation

5-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

5-4

Section 5. Operation

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Section 6

6.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

Rosemount 5900S Series

Service and Troubleshooting

6.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-1

6.2

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-2

6.3

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-15

6.4

Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-24

6.5

Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-24

6.6

Analog Input (AI) Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-25

6.7

PlantWeb Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-26

6.8

Viewing Device Status in AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6-30

Procedures and instructions in this section may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Please refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Failure to follow safe installation and servicing guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

Make sure only qualified personnel perform the installation.

Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Do not perform any service other than those contained in this manual unless you are qualified.

To prevent ignition of flammable or combustible atmospheres, disconnect power before servicing.

Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety.

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

Do not remove the gauge cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-1

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.2 SERVICE

6.2.1

Viewing Input and Holding

Registers

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

This section briefly describes functions which may be useful for service and maintenance of a Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge. If not otherwise stated, most examples are based on using the TankMaster WinSetup tool to access these functions. See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document No. 300510EN) for more information on how to use the

TankMaster WinSetup program.

Measured data is continuously stored in Input Registers of the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge. By viewing the Input registers you can check that the device is working properly.

The Holding Registers store various parameters which are used to configure the Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge for various applications.

By using the Rosemount TankMaster WinSetup program, Holding Registers can be edited simply by typing a new value in the appropriate value input field.

Some Holding Registers can be edited in a separate window. In this case individual data bits can be changed.

To view input or holding registers of a 5900S do the following:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace window select the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge:

3. Click the right mouse button and choose the View Input/View Holding

Registers option, or from the Service menu choose Devices>View

Input/View Holding Registers.

6-2

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

4. Choose Predefined to see a basic selection of registers. Choose the All option to view a range of registers by your own choice.

For the All option, you have to specify a range of registers by setting a start value in the Start Register input field, and the total number of registers to be displayed in the Number of Registers field (1-500). Up to

50 registers is recommended for a quick update of the list.

5. Click the Read button. Now the Value column is updated with the current register values.

See the Raptor System Configuration manual (Document No. 300510EN) for information on how to edit holding registers.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.2

Backing Up the Gauge Configuration

Input and holding registers of the Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge can be stored on disk. This can be useful for backup purposes and troubleshooting. You can save a predefined set of holding registers to make a backup copy of the current gauge configuration. The backup file can be used to restore configuration of the 5900S at a later stage.

Single device

To save the current configuration to file for a single 5900S do the following:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. In the WinSetup workspace window, click the right mouse button on the

5900S gauge icon.

3. Choose the Devices/Save Database to File option.

This option is also available from the Service/Devices menu.

6-4

4. Choose the Holding Registers and Predefined Registers options (the

User-Defined option should only be used for advanced service).

5. Click the Browse button, select a folder and type a name for the backup file.

6. Click the Save button to start saving the database registers.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Multiple devices

To save a backup copy of the current configuration for multiple devices, do the following:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace window select the Devices folder.

3. Click the right mouse button and choose the Devices/Save Database of

All to Files option.

This option is also available from the Service/Devices menu.

4. Select a device from the Available Devices pane and click the Add button in order to move it to the Selected Devices pane. Repeat for all devices you wish to include.

5. Choose the Holding Registers and Predefined Registers options (the

User-Defined option should only be used for advanced service).

6. Click the Browse button, select a folder and type a name for the backup file.

7. Click the Start button to save the database backup.

The backup file can be viewed as a text file in a word processing program such as the Microsoft Notepad:

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.3

To Recover a Backup Configuration Database

TankMaster WinSetup lets you replace the current Holding Register database with a backup database stored on disk. This can be useful, for example, if you want to recover lost configuration data.

To load a Holding Register database do the following:

1. Select the device in the Workspace window for which you want to load a new database.

2. Click the right mouse button and choose the Devices/Upload Database option, or from the Service menu choose Devices/Upload Database.

3. Click the Browse button and choose a database file to be uploaded, or type a path and file name.

4. Click the Upload button.

6-6

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.4

Diagnostics

Rosemount 5900S Series

The TankMaster WinSetup program lets you view the current device status.

The View Diagnostic Register window shows a selection of database registers that gives you an instant view of how the gauge operates. You may also configure the window by adding registers of special interest.

To view and configure the diagnostic registers:

1. Select the 5900S gauge icon in the TankMaster WinSetup workspace.

2. Click the right mouse button and choose View Diagnostic Registers.

The register values in the diagnostics window are of read only type. They are loaded from the device as the window is opened.

A grey background color of the table cell in the Value column means that the register is of either Bitfield or ENUM type. An expanded Bitfield/ENUM window can be opened for this type of register. Double-click the cell to open the Expanded Bitfield/ENUM window.

If needed, the values can be presented as hexadecimal numbers. This applies to registers of the Bitfield and ENUM types. Select the Show in Hex check box to present Bitfield and ENUM registers as hexadecimal numbers.

The Configure button lets you open the Configure Diagnostic Registers window where you can change the list of registers to be displayed in the View

Diagnostic Registers window. See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document No. 300510EN) for more information.

The Configure Diagnostic Registers window also has a Log Setup button for access to the Register Log Scheduling window which allows you to setup a

log schedule for automatic start and stop of register logging. See “Logging

Measurement Data” on page 6-13 for more information.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.5

Upgrading the Gauge Software

TankMaster WinSetup includes the option to upgrade 5900S Radar Level

Gauges with new application software.

To upload a new program do the following:

1. Ensure that the 5900S Radar Level Gauge has a stable communication with TankMaster.

2. In the TankMaster WinSetup workspace window (Logical View) open the

Devices folder and select the 5900S gauge to be upgraded (or select the

Devices folder to allow multiple devices programming).

3. Click the right mouse button and choose the Program option

(Program All option for multiple devices programming).

6-8

4. The 5900S gauge will automatically appear in the Program These

Devices pane

5. In case the Devices folder was selected for multiple programming, choose the 5900S gauge to be programmed from the Available Devices pane and click the Move button.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

6. Repeat for each 5900S gauge to be programmed.

Use the Remove button if you wish to change the list of devices to be programmed.

7. Click the Browse button to locate the flash program file. File extension

*.cry are used for these files.

8. Click the Start Programming button. Now the Start Device

Programming window appears.

9. Click the Start Programming button to activate device programming.

If a 2160 Field Communication Unit (FCU) is used, a maximum of 25 devices can be programmed. If there are more devices the programming must be divided in two steps.

10. Update the TankMaster installation by adding the new *.ini files for the

5900S gauge to the TankMaster installation folder.

Two *.ini files are used for the 5900S, RLG.ini and RLG0xx.ini, where xx is the identification code of the 5900S gauge application software.

The RLG.ini file is copied to the C:\Program Files\Rosemount\Server

folder.

The RLG0xx.ini file is copied to the C:\Program Files\Rosemount\Shared folder.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.6

Write Protection

A Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge can be software write protected by using a password to avoid unintentional configuration changes. Software write protection locks the holding register database.

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. In the WinSetup workspace select the Logical View tab.

3. Click the right mouse button on the 5900S gauge icon.

4. Choose the Write Protect option to open the Write Protect window.

6-10

5. Ensure that New State is set to Protected and click the Apply button to save the new state

6. Click the OK button to close the Write Protect window. Now the holding register database is locked. As long as the gauge is write protected no configuration changes can be made.

To unlock the device:

1. Choose the Write Protect option to open the Write Protect window.

2. Set the New State to Not Protected.

3. Click the Apply button to save the new state

4. Click the OK button to close the window.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

AMS

In AMS Device Manager the Write Protection function is available in the

Device tab under Configure > Manual Setup.

A check box indicates whether the device is write protected or not.

To lock the device:

1. Click the Write Protect Device button.

2. Enter a password.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.7

Write Protection

Switch

A switch can be used to prevent unauthorized changes in the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge database. The switch also prevents modification of F

OUNDATION

fieldbus parameters. To write protect the 5900S do the following:

1. Check if there is any screw that is sealed. Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount Tank

Gauging before breaking the seal if warranty is still valid. Completely remove the seal so that it does not damage the threads.

2. Loosen the screws and remove the cover.

3. Locate the write protection switch. It is switch no. 2 marked P.

Write protection switch

6-12

ON P

1 2

4. To write protect the 5900S move the right-hand switch P to the upper position.

5. Check that contact surfaces on the housing and cover are clean.

Replace the cover and tighten the screws. Make sure that the cover is fully engaged to meet explosion-proof requirements and to prevent water from entering the terminal compartment.

NOTE!

Ensure that o-rings and seats are in good condition prior to mounting the cover in order to maintain the specified level of ingress protection.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.8

Logging

Measurement

Data

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge supports logging of diagnostic registers. This function is useful for verifying that the gauge works properly.

The logging function can be accessed by using the TankMaster WinSetup program. To start logging do the following:

1. Start the TankMaster WinSetup program.

2. Select the 5900S gauge icon in the WinSetup workspace.

3. Click the right mouse button and choose Logging.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

4. The Manual mode lets you start logging at any time. In Automatic mode you have to specify a Start and Stop time.

5. The resulting log file will not exceed the size specified by the Max File

Size parameter.

In automatic mode, logging will proceed until the stop date and time is reached.

In manual mode logging will proceed until it is stopped by clicking the

Stop button.

When the number of log files has reached the Max Log Files value,

TankMaster starts replacing the contents of existing log files.

6. Log files are stored in plain text file format and can be viewed in any word processing program. They are stored in the following folder:

C:\Rosemount\TankMaster\Setup\Log, where C is the disk drive where the TankMaster software is installed.

The log file contains the same input registers as the View Diagnostic

Registers window, see “Diagnostics” on page 6-7.

You can change which input registers to be included in the log file by configuring the View Diagnostic Registers window, see the Raptor

System Configuration Manual (Document No. 300510EN) for more information.

6-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.2.9

Loading the

Default Database

The Default Database is the original factory settings of the holding register database.

TankMaster WinSetup offers the option to load the Default Database. This can be useful if, for example, you want to try new database settings and then want to reload the original factory settings, or when tank conditions have been altered. If error messages appear or other problems occur concerning the

Database a troubleshooting is recommended before loading the Default

Database.

NOTE!

The device address remains unaltered when the default database is loaded.

To load the default database

1. Select the desired device icon in the TankMaster WinSetup workspace window.

2. Click the right mouse button and choose the View Holding Register option.

3. Choose the All option and type 65510 in the Start Register input field.

Type the desired number of registers to be displayed in the Number of

Registers field and click the Read button.

6-14

4. Double-click in the Value (65535) field.

5. From the drop-down list, select the Reset_to _factory_setting option.

6. Click the OK button.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.3 TROUBLESHOOTING

This section describes various problems that may occur due to malfunctioning devices or incorrect installations. Note that symptoms and actions related to the 2410 Tank Hub and 2160 Field Communication unit (FCU) are not applicable for F

OUNDATION

fieldbus systems.

Table 6-1. Troubleshooting chart for the Rosemount 5900S

Symptom

No communication with the

5900S Radar Level Gauge

Wiring

Possible cause

Incorrect Tankbus termination

Too many devices on the Tankbus

Cables are too long

Hardware failure

Software failure

Action

• Check that the device appears in the Device Live List, see the Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual

(Document No. 300530EN) for more information

• Check that wires are properly connected to the terminals

• Check for dirty or defective terminals

• Check wire insulation for possible short circuits to ground

• Check that there are no multiple shield grounding points

• Check that the cable shield is grounded at the power supply end (2410 Tank Hub) only

• Check that the cable shield is continuous throughout the Tankbus network

• Check that the shield inside the instrument housing does not come into contact with the housing

• Check that there is no water in conduits

• Use shielded twisted pair wiring

• Connect wiring with drip loops

• Check the 2410 Tank Hub wiring

• Check that there are two terminators on the Tankbus.

Normally the built-in termination in the 2410 Tank Hub is enabled.

• Check that terminations are placed at both ends of the

Tankbus

• Check that the total current consumption of the devices on the Tankbus is less than 250 mA. See the

Rosemount 2410 Reference Manual (Document no.

305030en) for more information.

• Remove one or more devices from the Tankbus. The

2410 Tank Hub supports a single tank. The multiple tank version of the 2410 supports up to 10 tanks.

• Check that the input voltage on the device terminals is

9 V or more

• Check the 5900S Radar Level Gauge

• Check the Field Communication unit (FCU)

• Check the Field Bus Modem

• Check the communication port on the control room PC

• Contact Emerson Process Management/Rosemount

TankGauging service department

• Restart the 5900S gauge. Use for example the Restart command in TankMaster WinSetup.

• Restart all devices by disconnecting and connecting the power supply to the 2410 Tank Hub

• Contact Emerson Process Management/Rosemount

TankGauging service department

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-15

Rosemount 5900S Series

Symptom

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Possible cause

Field Bus Modem (FBM)

Action

• Check that the FBM is connected to the right port on the control room PC

• Check that the FBM is connected to the right port on the

2160 Field Communication Unit (FCU)

Connection to 2160 FCU

• Check that the right field bus port on the 2160 FCU is connected to the Primary bus on the 2410 Tank Hub

• Check communication port LED:s inside the Field

Communication Unit 2160 (FCU)

Incorrect configuration of 2160 FCU

• Check the Modbus communication addresses of the

5900S Radar Level Gauge and the 2410 Tank Hub in the FCU slave database

• Check configuration of communication parameters for the FCU Fieldbus ports

• Check that the correct communication channel is selected

See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to configure the 2160 FCU

Incorrect configuration of 2410 tank database

• Check the 2410 tank database; ensure that the device is available and mapped to the right tank

• 2410 tank database; in TankMaster WinSetup open the

2410 Tank Hub /Tank Database window and check that the Level Modbus address is equal to the 2410 Level

Modbus address in the FCU slave database

• See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to configure the 2410 tank database.

Connection to 2410 Tank Hub

• Check wiring to the 2410 Tank Hub

• Check the 2410 Tank Hub; check the Error LED or the integral display for information

Configuration of communication protocol In TankMaster WinSetup/Protocol Channel Properties:

• check that the protocol channel is enabled

• check the protocol channel configuration (port, parameters, modem)

6-16

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Symptom

No level measurement

Rosemount 5900S Series

Possible cause

Communication failure

Configuration

Incorrect configuration of the FCU slave database

Incorrect configuration of the 2410 tank database

Software or hardware failure

Action

• Check wiring

• Check the Modbus communication address for the

5900S Radar Level Gauge. See the Raptor System

Configuration Manual (Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to setup the Modbus address of a 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

• Check configuration of the tank database in the 2410

Tank Hub

• Check configuration of the 2160 FCU slave database

• Check that the 5900S is configured (see the Raptor

System Configuration Manual (Document no.

300510EN) for more information)

• Check the Modbus communication address in the FCU slave database. In TankMaster WinSetup open the

FCU Properties/Slave Database window and check that the 2410 Level Modbus address in the FCU Slave

Database is equal to the Level Modbus address in the

2410 tank database.

• See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to configure the 2160 FCU slave database.

• Check the 2410 Tank Database; ensure that the device is available and mapped to the right tank

• 2410 Tank Database; in TankMaster WinSetup open the 2410 Tank Hub /Tank Database window and check that the Level Modbus address is equal to the 2410

Level Modbus address in the FCU Slave Database

• See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to configure the 2410 tank database.

• Check diagnostics information, see “Diagnostics” on page 6-7

• Check Device Status input register, see “Device Status” on page 6-19

• Contact Emerson Process Management/Rosemount

Tank Gauging service department

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-17

Rosemount 5900S Series

Symptom

Incorrect level measurement

Possible cause

Incorrect configuration

Disturbing objects in the tank

The level gauge configuration can not be saved

The gauge is write protected

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Action

• Check configuration of tank geometry and antenna parameters:

- Tank Reference Height (R)

- Gauge Reference Distance (G)

- Calibration Distance

- Antenna Type

- Antenna size (Still pipe Array)

See the Raptor System Configuration Manual

(Document no. 300510EN) for more information on how to use TankMaster WinSetup for configuration of tank geometry and antenna parameters.

• Verify that the mechanical installation of the 5900S gauge fulfills installation requirements.

Check for example:

- nozzle height and diameter

- obstacles in the vicinity of the nozzle

- distance to tank wall

- inclination

- total slot/hole are in still pipe

See chapter 3.2 “Installation Considerations”.

• Check configuration of Environment parameters such as Foam, Turbulent Surface etc. and other advanced configuration options.

WinSetup: 5900S Properties/Environment,

5900S Properties/Advanced Configuration.

• Check status and diagnostics information, see

“Diagnostics” on page 6-7.

• Check that the 5900S has not locked on an interfering object in the tank

• Use the Tank Scan function in TankMaster WinSetup to analyze the measurement signal:

- Check if there are any disturbing echoes from obstacles in the tank

- Check if there is a strong echo at the bottom of the tank; use deflection plate at the end of still pipe.

See the Raptor System Configuration Manual for more information on how to use the Tank Scan function

• Check position of the write protection switch and make

sure that it is in the OFF position, see “Write Protection

Switch” on page 6-12.

• Check write protection setting in TankMaster WinSetup,

see “Write Protection” on page 6-10.

6-18

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.3.1

Device Status

Rosemount 5900S Series

Device Status messages that may appear on the display of the Rosemount

2410 Tank Hub, or in the Rosemount TankMaster program, are shown in

Table 6-2. Device Status can be found in Input register 4000. See “Viewing

Input and Holding Registers” on page 6-2 for more information on how to view

Input registers.

Table 6-2. Device status messages

Message

Running Boot Software

Device Warning

Device Error

BOOT Beta Version

APPL Beta Version

Level correction error

Invalid Measurement

Write Protected

Default Database

Simulation Active

RM Reprogramming In Progress

Description

• The application software could not be started.

• The application SW is not loaded in the flash memory

• The previous upload of the flash

SW failed

A device warning is active.

A device error is active.

Action

Reprogram the gauge with new software.

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department.

See “Warning Messages” on page 6-20 for

details.

See “Error Messages” on page 6-21 for

details.

Ensure that approved software is used

Ensure that approved software is used

Beta version of boot program used

Beta version of application program used

The LPG module is enabled but the module is either incorrectly configured, or there is no sensor input data for pressure or temperature.

The level gauge indicates that measurement is invalid. This may be caused by an actual measurement problem or some other error indication.

The configuration registers are write protected.

See Input register 4702

LPGIregArea-LPG_Corr_Error for more information.

Check Error Messages, Warning Messages and Measurement Status for details.

Do one of the following:

1. Use the Lock/Unlock function to turn off the software write protection.

2. Change position of the Write Protection switch to OFF.

Ensure that device calibration is valid.

All configuration registers are set to default values.

The 5900S is in simulation mode

New software is downloaded to the

5900S Radar Level Gauge

Reset 5900S simulation mode.

Verify 5900S operation when reprogramming is finished

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-19

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.3.2

Warning

Messages

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Table 6-3 shows a list of Warning messages that may appear on the integral display of the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub and in the Rosemount TankMaster program. You also have the option to view Input Register 1004 for an overview of active device warnings. Warnings are less serious than errors.

For each warning message that may appear, detailed information can be found in Input registers 6100 to 6130 as shown in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3. Warning messages

RAM warning

Message

FPROM warning

HREG warning

Other memory warning

MWM warning

RM warning

Other hardware warning

Configuration warning

SW warning

Description

Input register no. 6100.

Bit 0: DSP Stack

Bit 1: DSP RAM low

Input register no. 6102.

Input register no. 6104.

Bit 0: DSP Factory holding registers

Action

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department.

Load default database and restart the 5900S.

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department if the problem persists.

Input register no. 6106.

Input register no. 6108.

Bit 1: Version mismatch between PM and RM

Input register no. 6110

Bit 1: SW config

Bit 5: FPROM Checksum

Bit 6: FPROM Version

Bit 9: HREG Checksum

Bit 10: HREG Limit

Bit 11: HREG Write

Bit 12: HREG Read

Bit 13: HREG Version

Bit 14: MWM Invalid Id

Bit 30: SW Serious Warning

Input register no. 6122.

Input register no. 6128.

Bit 0: Super Test Active

Bit 1: ATP Table Invalid

Bit 2: Special Correction Table Invalid

Bit 3: Near Zone Correction Table

Invalid

Bit 4: Config Model Code invalid

Bit 5: Config LPG Pins Visible

Bit 6: Config LPG Error

Bit 7: Simulation Mode Used

Bit 8: Default Sweep Mode Used

Bit 9: Test Sweep used

Bit 10: ACT Table Invalid

Bit 11: UCT Table Invalid

Bit 12: Simple Simulation Mode

Warning

Bit 13: Ramp Simulation Mode

Warning

Bit 14: TSM Filter Too Narrow

Bit 15: MMS Offset Update disabled

Input register no. 6130.

Bit 8: DSP Undefined software warning

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department

• Load the default database and restart the

level gauge, see “Loading the Default

Database” on page 6-14.

• Configure the level gauge or load a backup

configuration file (see “To Recover a

Backup Configuration Database” on page 6-6).

• Contact Rosemount TankGauging service department if the problem persists.

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department

6-20

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.3.3

Error Messages

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table 6-4 shows a list of error messages that may appear on the integral

display of the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub and in the Rosemount TankMaster program. You also have the option to view Input Register 1002 for an overview of active device errors.

For each error message that may appear, detailed information can be found in

Input registers 6000 to 6030 as shown in Table 6-4.

Table 6-4. Error messages for the Rosemount 5900S

Message

RAM error

FPROM error

Database (Hreg) error

Description

Input register no. 6000.

A gauge data memory (RAM) error has been detected during the startup tests. Note: this automatically resets the gauge.

Serious RAM problem:

Bit 0: DSP RAM

Bit 1: DSP stack

Bit 2: DSP RAM checksum

Bit 3: DSP RAM low

Input register no. 6002.

An error in the gauge program memory (FPROM) has been detected during the startup tests. Note: this automatically resets the gauge.

Serious FPROM problem:

Bit 0: DSP Boot checksum

Bit 1: DSP Boot version

Bit 2: DSP Application checksum

Bit 3: DSP Application version

Bit 4: FPROM device

Bit 5: FPROM erase

Bit 6: FPROM write

Bit 7: FPROM active block not used

Input register no. 6004.

An error in the transmitter configuration memory (EEPROM) has been detected. The error is either a checksum error that can be solved by loading the default database or a hardware error.

NOTE: the default values are used until the problem is solved.

The following bits indicate a serious

Holding register problem:

Bit 0: DSP checksum

Bit 1: DSP limit

Bit 2: DSP version

Bit 3: Write error

Action

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department

Load default database and restart the

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department if the problem persists.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-21

Rosemount 5900S Series

Message

Other Memory error

Microwave Module error

RM error

Other hardware error

Configuration error

Software error

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Description

Input register no. 6006.

Input register no. 6008.

Bit 0: Not connected

Input register no. 6010

Bit 1: SW configuration

Bit 5: FPROM Checksum

Bit 6: FPROM Version

Bit 9: HREG Checksum

Bit 10: HREG Limit

Bit 11: HREG Write

Bit 12: HREG Read

Bit 13: HREG Version

Bit 14: MWM Invalid Id

Bit 30: SW Serious Error

Input register no. 6022.

An unspecified hardware error has been detected.

Bit 0: Internal Temp Out of Range

Input register no. 6028.

At least one configuration parameter is outside allowed range.

NOTE: the default values are used until the problem is solved.

Bit 0: Start Code

Bit 1: FF Unit Conversion

Input register no. 6030.

An error has been detected in the

5900S gauge software.

Bit 0: DSP Undefined SW Error

Bit 1: DSP Task Not Running

Bit 3: Simulated error

Action

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department.

• Load the default database and restart the

level gauge, see “Loading the Default

Database” on page 6-14.

• Configure the level gauge or load a backup

configuration file (see “To Recover a

Backup Configuration Database” on page 6-6).

• Contact Rosemount TankGauging service department if the problem persists.

Contact Emerson Process

Management/Rosemount TankGauging service department

6-22

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.3.4

Measurement

Status

Table 6-5. Measurement status for the Rosemount 5900S

Message

Full tank

Measurement Status information can be found by viewing Input register 4002.

Table 6-5 presents the various status bits that may appear:

Empty tank

Dirty antenna

Sweep linearization warning

Tank signal clip warning

No surface echo

Predicted level

Sampling failed

Invalid volume value

Simulation Mode

Advanced Simulation Mode

Tracking Extra Echo

Bottom Projection Active

Pipe Measurement Enabled

Surface close to registered false echo.

Sudden level jump detected.

Description Action

The level measurement is in Full Tank state. The transmitter waits for the surface echo to be detected at the top of the tank.

The level measurement is in Empty Tank state. The transmitter waits for the surface echo to be detected at the bottom of the tank.

The transmitter leaves the Full Tank state when the product surface gets below the

Full Tank Detection Area.

The transmitter leaves the Empty Tank state when the product surface gets above the Empty Tank Detection Area.

See “Empty Tank Handling” on page 4-11.

Clean the antenna.

The antenna is so contaminated that the level measurement might be affected.

The sweep is not correctly linearized.

The last Tank Signal was clipped.

The Surface Echo Pulse can not be detected.

Check Warning messages. If MWM

Warning is active this might indicate a transmitter error. Contact Emerson

Process Management/Rosemount

TankGauging service department.

Check Warning Messages. If MWM

Warning is active this might indicate a transmitter error. Contact Emerson

Process Management/Rosemount

TankGauging service department.

Check if the configuration can be changed so that the surface echo can be tracked in this current region.

See No surface echo above.

The presented level is predicted. The surface echo could not be detected.

The sampling of the last tank signal failed. Check Warning Messages.

The given volume value is invalid.

Check Volume Status for details.

No action needed.

The simulation mode is active. The presented measurement values are simulated.

The advanced simulation mode is active.

The given measurements are simulated.

To turn off the Advanced Simulation mode set Holding Register 3600=0 (see

“Viewing Input and Holding Registers” on page 6-2).

The transmitter is in the empty tank state tracking an extra echo.

The bottom projection function is active.

Pipe Measurement is active.

Close to a registered false echo measurement accuracy may be slightly reduced.

Verify that the level gauge tracks the product surface when the tank is filled.

Verify that the level gauge properly tracks the product surface.

No action needed.

By using the Register False Echo function the transmitter can track the product surface in the vicinity of disturbing objects.

This may result from various measurement problems.

Check interior of the tank to find out what causes the problem tracking the surface.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-23

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.4 RESOURCE BLOCK

Error conditions found in the Resource block.

Table 6-6. Resource Block

BLOCK_ERR messages

Condition Name

Block configuration error

Simulate active

Power up

Out of Service

Description

Configuration Error is used to indicate that you have selected an item in FEATURES_SEL or CYCLE_SEL that was not set in FEATURES or CYCLE_TYPE, respectively

This indicates that the simulation switch is in place. This is not an indication that the I/O blocks are using simulated data

The actual mode is out of service

Table 6-7. Resource Block

DETAILED_STATUS messages

Condition Name

Sensor Transducer block error

Manufacturing block error

Non-volatile memory error

ROM integrity error

Recommended action

1. Restart processor

2. Call service center

1. Restart processor

2. Call service center

1. Restart processor

2. Call service center

1. Restart processor

2. Call service center

6.5 TRANSDUCER BLOCK

Error conditions found in the Transducer block.

Table 6-8. Transducer Block

BLOCK_ERR messages

Condition Name

Other error

Out of Service

Description

Set whenever XD_ERROR is non-zero. See also “Viewing

Device Status in AMS” on page 6-30.

The actual mode is out of service.

6-24

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.6 ANALOG INPUT (AI)

FUNCTION BLOCK

Table 6-9 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR parameter. Conditions in bold type are available for the Analog Input block. Conditions in italics are inactive for the AI block and are given here only for your reference.

A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR has an error bit set. The types of block error for the AI block are defined below in bold type.

Table 6-9. BLOCK_ERR

Conditions

4

5

6

7

2

3

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

0

1

Condition

Number

Condition Name and Description

Other

Block Configuration Error: the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD_SCALE, the

L_TYPE parameter is not configured, or CHANNEL = zero.

Link Configuration Error

Simulate Active: Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution.

Local Override

Device Fault State Set

Device Needs Maintenance Soon

Input Failure/Process Variable has Bad Status: The hardware is bad, or a bad status is being simulated.

Output Failure: The output is bad based primarily upon a bad input.

Memory Failure

Lost Static Data

Lost NV Data

Readback Check Failed

Device Needs Maintenance Now

Power Up

Out of Service: The actual mode is out of service.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-25

Rosemount 5900S Series

6.7 PLANTWEB

ALERTS

6.7.1

Viewing Active

Alerts in AMS

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

The AMS Device Manager lets you view active PlantWeb alerts. The three alarm parameters (FAILED_ALARM, MAINT_ALARM, and ADVISE_ALARM) contain information regarding some of the device errors. They can easily be

listed by using the Service Tools option in AMS. See “PlantWeb

Alerts” on page 4-52 for more information on the different PlantWeb alert types.

1. From the Start menu; open the AMS Device Manager application.

2. Open the View>Device Connection View.

3. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node to view the devices.

4. Right-click or double-click the desired gauge icon to open the list of menu options:

6-26

5. Choose the Service Tools option:

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Alerts

Rosemount 5900S Series

6. In the Navigation Pane select the Alerts option. The Active Alerts tab shows the PlantWeb Alerts that are currently active. All types of alerts can be shown; Failed, Maintenance, and Advisory. A brief description of the error is presented as well as the recommended action.

7. Alerts are listed in order of priority beginning with Failed. By scrolling down you will see Maintenance and Advisory alerts as well.

Device Status

Active Alerts

See “Plantweb Alert Setup” on page 4-72 for details on how to setup

PlantWeb alerts for the 5900S Radar Level Gauge.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-27

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

8. Click the Device Status button (if available) to view a summary of active device information such as errors and warnings. This is an example of what it may look like:

The Device Status window shows Errors, Warnings, and Status information related to the 5900S gauge. Note that this window does not show active

PlantWeb Alerts.

6-28

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.7.2

Recommended

Actions

Table 6-10.

RECOMMENDED_ACTION

Rosemount 5900S Series

The RECOMMENDED_ACTION parameter displays a text string that will give a recommended course of action to take based on which type and which specific event of the PlantWeb alerts are active, see Table 6-10.

Alarm Type

None

Advisory

Maintenance

Failed

Failed/Maint/Advise

Active Event

None

Device Minor Information

PWA Simulation Active

Recommended Action

No action required

Check configuration of the device. See Device

Status for more information on the error source

(see “Viewing Device Status in AMS” on page 6-30).

Use the switch on the Fieldbus electronics board to turn simulation on or off.

Device Major Information

Device Warning

Check the mechanical installation and environment. See Device Status for more

information on the error source (see “Viewing

Device Status in AMS” on page 6-30).

Load default database to the device and reconfigure it.

Software Incompatibility Error Upgrade firmware or replace the device.

Non-Volatile Memory Failure

- FF I/O Board

Configuration data has been corrupted or pending configuration changes has been lost due to power loss before data storage was completed.

Default values are loaded into the faulty block.

Potential errors in stored data may cause unwanted behavior. The device is not in service

(OOS) and status for all variables is BAD.

Device recovery is possible.

Recommended actions:

1. Do Factory Reset - FF I/O Board.

2. If error persists, it may indicate a faulty memory chip. Replace the device.

Device Error

Internal Communication

Failure

Electronics Failure

Replace the device.

Replace device (FF to gauge communication fault).

Replace the device.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

6-29

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

6.8 VIEWING DEVICE STATUS IN AMS

To view the current device status:

1. Start AMS Device Manager and open the View>Device Connection

View.

2. Double-click the FF network icon and expand the network node to view the devices.

3. Right-click or double-click the desired gauge icon to open the list of menu options.

4. Choose Service Tools.

Maintenance

5. In the Navigation Pane select the Maintenance option

6. Select the Details tab and click the Device Status button.

6-30

In the Device Status tab, check boxes indicate the current status of the device

grouped in separate categories. See also “Device Status” on page 6-19.

Section 6. Service and Troubleshooting

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Appendix A Reference Data

Rosemount 5900S Series

A.1

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page A-1

A.2

Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page A-5

A.3

Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page A-9

A.1 SPECIFICATIONS

General

Product

Measurement principle

Antennas

Instrument accuracy

(1)

Temperature stability

Fieldbus (standard)

Update time

Repeatability

Maximum level rate

Metrology sealing possibility

Legal custody transfer type approval

Hazardous location certifications

Safety/overfill

CE-mark

Ordinary location certification

SIL Certification

OIML R85:2008 accuracy certification

National metrological approvals

German WHG certification

Communication / Display / Configuration

Output variables and units

Configuration tools

Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge

FMCW (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave)

Horn antenna, parabolic antenna, still-pipe array antenna, LPG/LNG antenna

± 0.5 mm (0.020 in.)

Typically < ± 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) in -40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus FISCO (Tankbus)

New measurement every 0.3 s

0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

Up to 200 mm/s

Yes

OIML R85:2008, and national certifications such as PTB, NMi etc

ATEX, FM-C, FM-US, IECEx, and national certifications. For details see Appendix B:

Product Certifications.

SIL 2 and SIL 3 certified. TÜV tested and WHG approved for overfill prevention. For national approvals, consult your local Rosemount Tank Gauging representative

93/68/EEC: complies with applicable EU directives (EMC, ATEX, LVD, and R&TTE).

Based on the low emitted effects from the gauges (below 0.1 mW) compared to limits given by the Rec. 1999/519/EC, no additional measures are needed

Complies with FM 3810:2005 and CSA: C22.2 No. 1010.1

The SIL safety certificate, issued by exida, includes the SIL alarm channel within the

5900S Radar Level Gauge and the 2410 Tank Hub. Both units are SIL 2 and SIL 3 capable according to IEC 61508, parts 1-7.

Certificate number is Rosemount 091243 P0017 C001.

The OIML metrology certificate, issued by the SP Technical Research Institute of

Sweden, covers the Rosemount Tank Gauging system, including the level gauges equipped with different antennas.

Certificate number is R85/2008-SE-11.01.

Other national legal custody transfer certifications like PTB, MNi

etc are available (see “Ordering Information” on page A-9)

The certificate for the 5900S radar level gauge and the 2410 Tank Hub is issued by DIBt

(Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik) according to the German WHG regulations for overfill prevention. It is based on technical evaluation and testing conducted by TÜV

NORD CERT GmbH.

Certificate number is Z-65.16-500.

Level, and ullage: meter, centimeter, millimeter, feet, or inch

Level rate: meter/second, meter/hour, feet/second, feet/hour, inch/minute

Signal strength: mV

Rosemount TankMaster WinSetup, Field Communicator www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus characteristics

Polarity sensitive

Quiescent current draw

Lift-off minimum voltage

Device capacitance / inductance

Class (Basic or Link Master)

Number of available VCRs

Links

Minimum slot time / maximum response delay

/ minimum intermessage delay

Blocks and

Execution time

Instantiation

Conforming F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus

PlantWeb alert support

Action support wizards

Advanced diagnostics

No

51 mA

9.0 VDC

See Appendix B: Product Certifications

Link Master (LAS)

Maximum 20, including one fixed

Maximum 40

8 /5 /8

1 Resource block

5 Transducer blocks (Level, Register, Adv_Config, Volume, and LPG)

6 Analog Input (AI) blocks: 10 ms , 2 Analog Output (AO) blocks: 10 ms

1 Proportional/Integral/Derivate (PID) block: 15 ms

1 Signal Characterizer (SGCR) block: 10 ms, 1 Integrator (INT) block: 10 ms,

1 Arithmetic (ARTH) block: 10 ms, 1 Input Selector (ISEL) block: 10 ms

1 Control Selector (CS) block: 10 ms, 1 Output Splitter (OS) block: 10 ms

For more information, see the F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus Blocks manual (document number

00809-0100-4783)

Yes

ITK 5.2

Yes

Restart measurement, write protect device, factory reset - measurement configuration, start/stop device simulation, set as surface, reset statistics, change all modes, register/remove false echo, refresh echo peaks, pin verification, change vapor pressure, change vapor temperature

Software, memory/database, electronics, internal communication, simulation, level correction, level measurement, ambient temperature, vapor pressure/temperature correction, LPG verification pin, and manual measurement values

Electric

Tankbus cabling

Power supply

Bus current draw

Microwave output power

Mechanical

Housing material & surface treatment

Cable entry (connection/glands)

0.5-1.5 mm

2

(AWG 22-16), twisted shielded pairs

Input voltage U i

for FOUNDATION™ fieldbus:

• 9.0 to 32 VDC

• 9.0 to 17.5 VDC in FISCO applications

• 9.0 to 30 VDC in I.S. applications

See Appendix B: Product Certifications for information on FISCO and Entity parameters.

See also “Typical installation” on page 3-44.

50 mA (100 mA for the 2-in-1 version)

< 1 mW (see also Raptor Technical Description)

Dimensions

Total weight

Polyurethane-coated die-cast aluminum

Two ½ - 14 NPT entries for cable glands or conduits. One metal plug to seal any unused port is enclosed in the transmitter delivery.

Optional:

• M20 x 1.5 conduit / cable adapter

• Cable glands in metal (½ - 14 NPT)

• 4-pin male Eurofast connector or A size Mini 4-pin male Minifast connector

See “Dimensional Drawings” on page A-5

5900S transmitter head: 5.1 kg (11.2 lbs) for the single version and 5.4 kg (11.9 lbs) for the 2-in-1 version

5900S with horn antenna: Appr. 12 kg (26 lbs)

5900S with parabolic antenna: Appr. 17 kg (37 lbs)

5900S with still-pipe array antenna: Appr. 13.5-24 kg (30-53 lbs)

5900S with LPG/LNG antenna: Appr. 30 kg (66 lbs) for 6-in. 150 psi, and 40 kg (88 lbs) for 6-in. 300 psi

A-2

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Environment

Ambient operating temperature

Storage temperature

Humidity

Ingress protection

Vibration resistance

Telecommunication

Electromagnetic compatibility

Transient / built-in lightning protection

-40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F). Minimum start-up temperature is -50 °C (-58 °F)

-50 to +85 °C (-58 to +185 °F)

0-100% relative humidity

IP 66/67 and Nema 4X

IEC 60770-1 level 1 and IACS UR E10 test 7

Compliance with:

• FCC 15B Class A, and 15C

• R&TTE (EU directive 99/5/EC) ETSI EN 302372; EN 50371

• IC (RSS210-5)

• EMC (EU directive 2004/108/EC) EN 61326-1; EN 61326-3-1

• OIML R85:2008

According to IEC 61000-4-5, level 2 kV line to ground. Complies with IEEE 587

Category B transient protection and IEEE 472 surge protection

97/23/EC

LVD (EU directive 2006/95/EC) EN/IEC 61010-1

Pressure Equipment Directive (PED)

Low Voltage Directive (LVD)

5900S standard version

Built-in Tankbus terminator

Daisy chain possibility

5900S 2-in-1 version

Instrument accuracy

Separation

Wiring

Tank hub connection

(1)

Built-in Tankbus terminator

Daisy chain possibility

5900S SIL version

Separation

Built-in Tankbus terminator

Daisy chain possibility

Electric properties for intrinsically safe alarm signal

Wiring

Yes (to be connected if required)

Yes

± 0.5 mm (0.020 in.)

(2)

Galvanically separated gauge electronics, and shared antenna for the two units

Separated or common

• Connection of both units to one hub, or

• Separate connection of units to two different hubs

Single Tankbus connection: Yes (to be connected if required)

Dual Tankbus connection: Possible to terminate the primary Tankbus

No

Galvanically separated gauge electronics, and shared antenna for the SIL 3 version

No

No

12.5 VDC, 1-2 mA for normal condition (no alarm)

• Additional separate 2-wire cable for alarm or

• A single cable incorporating two 2-wire cables (alarm and level)

For cable specification, see page A-2

5900S with parabolic antenna

Operating temperature in tank

Measuring range

Pressure range

Material exposed to tank atmosphere

Antenna dimension

Manway size

Tank connection

Max. +230 °C (+445 °F)

0.8 to 30 m (2.6 to 100 ft) below flange

Possibility to measure 0.5 to 50 m (1.6 to 164 ft). Accuracy may be reduced

For longer measuring range, please consult your Rosemount Tank Gauging representative

Clamped/threaded: -0.2 to 0.2 bar (-2.9 to 2.9 psig)

Welded: -0.2 to 10 bar (-2.9 to 145 psig)

Antenna: material corresponds to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404

Sealing: PTFE

O-ring: FEP fluoropolymer

440 mm (17 in.)

500 mm (20-in.) opening

The gauge is clamped in a 96 mm (3.78 in.) diameter hole, or welded in a 117 mm

(4.61 in.) diameter hole

Appendix A. Reference Data

A-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

5900S with horn antenna

Operating temperature in tank

Measuring range

Pressure range

Material exposed to tank atmosphere

Antenna dimension

Nozzle diameter

Tank connection

Max. +230 °C (+445 °F)

0.8 to 20 m (2.6 to 65 ft) below flange

Possibility to measure 0.5 to 30 m (1.6 to 100 ft). Accuracy may be reduced

-0.2 to 2 bar (-2.9 to 29 psig)

Antenna and flange: material corresponds to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404

Sealing: PTFE

O-ring: Viton fluoroelastomer

175 mm (7 in.)

Minimum 200 mm (8 in.)

8 in. hole pattern according to ANSI 8 in. Class 150 / DN 200 PN 10.

The flange can be horizontal or 4° inclined for installation close to the tank wall.

Other flanges are available on request

5900S with still-pipe array antenna

Operating temperature in tank

Measuring range

Pressure range

Material exposed to tank atmosphere

-40 to 120 °C (-40 to 248 °F)

0.8 to 30 m (2.6 to 100 ft) below flange

Possibility to measure 0.5 to 40 m (1.6 to130 ft). Accuracy may be reduced

For longer measuring range, please consult your Rosemount Tank Gauging representative

Fixed version: -0.2 to 2 bar (-2.9 to 29 psig) at 20 °C

Hinged hatch version: -0.2 to 0.5 bar (-2.9 to 7.2 psig) for 5 to 8-in. pipes

-0.2 to 0.25 bar (-2.9 to 3.6 psig) for 10 and 12-in. pipes

Antenna: Polyphenylenesulphide (PPS)

Sealing: PTFE

O-ring: Fluorosilicone

Flange: material corresponds to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404

5-, 6-, 8-, 10- or 12 in.

8 in. hole pattern according to ANSI 8 in. Class 150 / DN 200 PN 10

Still-pipe dimensions

Tank connection

5900S with LPG/LNG antenna

Operating temperature at ball valve

Operating temperature in tank

Measuring range

Pressure range

Pressure sensor (option)

Material exposed to tank atmosphere

Still-pipe dimension compatibility

Flange size & rating

-55 to 90 °C (-67 to 194 °F)

-170 to 90 °C (-274 to 194 °F)

1.2 m to 30 m ( 3.9 to 100 ft ) below flange

Possibility to measure 0.8 to 60 m (2.6 to 200 ft). Accuracy may be reduced

For longer measuring range, please consult your Rosemount Tank Gauging representative

-1 to 25 bar (-14.5 to 365 psig).

Note! Flanges may have higher pressure rating than 25 bar, but maximum tank pressure is still 25 bar

Rosemount 2051. It is available with different hazardous location certifications.

For more information see the 2051 Product Data Sheet (document number

00813-0100-4101)

Antenna and flange: material corresponds to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404

Sealing: Quartz and PTFE

Antenna choices for 4-in. sch. 10, 4-in. sch 40, or 100 mm (99 mm inner diameter) still-pipe dimensions

4 in. class 150/300

6 in. class 150/300

8 in. class 150/300

(1) Instrument accuracy is under reference conditions. Reference conditions are: Measurement in test bench at Rosemount Tank Radar AB in Göteborg

Sweden. Test bench is calibrated minimum yearly by an accredited laboratory (SP Technical Research Institute of Sweden. Measuring range is up to

30 m (98 ft). Ambient temperature and humidity is close to constant during tests. Total uncertainty in test bench is below 0.15 mm (0.006 in.).

(2) Some degradation of accuracy may be expected on the secondary unit.

A-4

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

A.2 DIMENSIONAL

DRAWINGS

Figure A-1. Dimensions of

Rosemount 5900S with Horn antenna

226 mm

Rosemount 5900S Series

177 mm

Ø 177 mm

Flange Inclined 4º

Appendix A. Reference Data

A-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure A-2. Dimensions of

Rosemount 5900S with

Parabolic antenna

226 mm

177 mm

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Ø 440 mm

A-6

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Figure A-3. Dimensions of

Rosemount 5900S with

Still-Pipe Array antenna

226 mm

B

D

Table A-1. Available sizes for

Still-Pipe Array Antenna

Antenna diameter (D)

5 in. / DN125 (Ø 120 mm)

6 in. / DN150 (Ø 145 mm)

8 in. / DN200 (Ø 189 mm)

10 in. / DN250 (Ø 243 mm)

12 in. / DN300 (Ø 293 mm)

B (mm)

56

59

65

73

79

Rosemount 5900S Series

177 mm

Appendix A. Reference Data

A-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Figure A-4. Dimensions of

Rosemount 5900S with

LPG/LNG Still-Pipe antenna

250 mm

308 mm

226

(1)

mm

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

177 mm

B

D

(1) 302 mm with pressure transmitter

Table A-2. Available sizes for

LPG/LNG Still-Pipe antenna

Antenna diameter (D)

4 in. Sch10 (Ø 107 mm)

4 in. Sch40 (Ø 101 mm)

DN100 (Ø 99 mm)

B (mm)

752

534

502

A-8

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

A.3 ORDERING INFORMATION

A.3.1

Transmitter Head (TH)

Model (Pos 1) Product Description

5900S Radar Level Gauge

Code (Pos 2) Performance Class

P Premium: ±0.5 mm (0.020 in.) instrument accuracy

Code (Pos 3) Safety Certification (SIS)

3 SIL 3-certification as per IEC 61508

(1)

2 SIL 2-certification as per IEC 61508

F

0

None. Ready for upgrade of safety certification (SIS)

None

Code (Pos 4) Redundancy

2

F

1

2-in-1; Independent radar level gauge electronics

None. Ready for upgrade to 2-in-1

None. Single radar level gauge electronics

Code (Pos 5) Tankbus: Power and Communication

F Bus powered 2-wire F

OUNDATION

™ fieldbus (IEC 61158)

Code (Pos 6) Hazardous Location Certification

I1

I2

I5

I6

I7

KA

KC

KD

NA

ATEX Intrinsic Safety

Brazil Inmetro Intrinsic Safety

FM-US Intrinsic Safety

FM-Canada Intrinsic Safety

IECEx Intrinsic Safety

ATEX Intrinsic Safety+FM-US Intrinsic Safety

(2)

ATEX Intrinsic Safety+IECEx Intrinsic Safety

(2)

FM-US Intrinsic Safety+FM-Canada Intrinsic Safety

(2)

None

Code (Pos 7) Custody Transfer Type Approval

R

(3)(4)

C

(3)(4)

N

(4)(5)

A

(3)(4)

E

(3)(4)

Y

(3)(4)

M

(4)(5)

W

(3)(4)

0

OIML R85 E 2008 performance certification

PTB Eich (approval plate and sealing kit included)

NMi (the Netherlands W&M)

CMI (Czech Republic W&M approval)

TJA (Estonia W&M approval)

Justervesenet (Norway W&M approval)

BMS (Belgium W&M approval)

METAS (Switzerland W&M approval)

None

Code (Pos 8) Radar Measurement Method

1

2

10 GHz FMCW radar technology

10 GHz FMCW radar technology for the US market

Code (Pos 9) Housing

A Standard enclosure

Appendix A. Reference Data

Note

Rosemount 5900S Series

Note

Note

Note

Requires Rosemount 2410 with Relay Output

(SIS/SIL), code 3. 1oo2 configuration: alarm if one of the two gauges is in alarm mode

Requires Rosemount 2410 with Relay Output

(SIS/SIL), code 2

Note

See “5900S 2-in-1 version” on page A-3

Note

Note

Note

Note

Polyurethane-covered aluminium. IP 66/67

A-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Code (Pos 10) Cable / Conduit Connections

1

2

G

½ - 14 NPT

M20 x 1.5 adapters

Metal cable glands (½ - 14 NPT)

Note

Female thread. 1 plug included

Female thread. 2 adapters and 1 plug included

Min. temperature -20 ˚C (-4 ˚F). ATEX / IECEx

Exe approved. 2 glands and 1 plug included

1 plug included

1 plug included

E

M

Eurofast male connector

Minifast male connector

(1) Requires Pos 4 “Redundancy” code 2 (2-in-1).

(2) Not available with LPG/LNG antenna.

(3) Requires Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub with the corresponding custody transfer type approval. Integral 2410 display or Rosemount 2230 display or

TankMaster required.

(4) Requires calibration certificate (Q4 on page A-13)

(5) Requires options code S4

A-10

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

A.3.2

Antenna Selection

Choose one of the following antennas.

Rosemount 5900S Series

Parabolic Antenna

Code (Pos 11) Antenna

1P Parabolic antenna

Code (Pos 12) Antenna Size

Note

Note

F 20 in. / DN 500, Ø=440 mm (17.3 in.)

Code (Pos 13) Antenna Material

WE

CL

Welded installation

Code (Pos 16) Special

0

Clamped/threaded installation

None

Note

S Stainless steel (material type corresponding to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404)

Code (Pos 14) Tank Seal Note

PF PTFE with FEP fluoropolymer o-ring

Code (Pos 15) Tank Connection Note

Flange not included

Flange not included

Note

Horn Antenna

Code (Pos 11) Antenna

1H Horn antenna

Code (Pos 12) Antenna Size

8 8 in. / DN 200, Ø=175 mm (6.9 in.)

Note

Note

Code (Pos 13) Antenna Material Note

S Stainless steel (material type corresponding to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404)

Code (Pos 14) Tank Seal Note

PV PTFE with Viton fluoroelastomer o-ring

Code (Pos 15) Tank Connection Note

ANSI Flanges (SST AISI 316 / 316 L)

8A

8Z

8 in. Class 150

8 in. Class 150, 4° inclined

EN Flanges (SST EN 1.4401 / 1.4404)

LA DN 200 / PN 10

LZ DN 200 / PN 10, 4° inclined

Code (Pos 16) Special

0 None

Note

Appendix A. Reference Data

A-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Still-pipe Array Antenna

Code (Pos 11) Antenna

1A Still-pipe array antenna

Code (Pos 12) Antenna Size

Note

Note

8

A

B

5

6

5 in. / DN 125, Ø=120 mm (4.7 in.)

6 in. / DN 150, Ø=145 mm (5.7 in.)

8 in. / DN 200, Ø=189 mm (7.4 in.)

10 in. / DN 250, Ø=243 mm (9.8 in.)

12 in. / DN 300, Ø=293 mm (11.8 in.)

Code (Pos 13) Antenna Material

0

C

None

Clamp flange in galvanized steel (for still-pipes without a flange)

Note

S Stainless steel (AISI 316L / EN 1.4404) and PPS (Polyphenylenesulphide)

Code (Pos 14) Tank Seal Note

FF

HH

Fixed flange installation with fluorosilicone o-ring

Integrated hatch installation with fluorosilicone o-ring

Code (Pos 15) Tank Connection Note

ANSI Flanges (SST AISI 316 L)

5A 5 in. Class 150

6A

8A

AA

6 in. Class 150

8 in. Class 150

10 in. Class 150

BA 12 in. Class 150

EN Flanges (SST EN 1.4404)

KA

LA

MB

DN 150 PN 16

DN 200 PN 10

DN 250 PN 16

Code (Pos 16) Special Note

Same size as tank connection

A-12

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

LPG/LNG Antenna

Code (Pos 11) Antenna

G1

G2

LNG still-pipe antenna

LPG still-pipe antenna

Note

Including integrated ball valve

Including integrated ball valve and pressure transmitter

Note Code (Pos 12) Antenna Size

A

B

D

4 in. Schedule 10, Ø=107 mm (4.2 in.)

4 in. Schedule 40, Ø=101 mm (4.0 in.)

DN 100, Ø=99 mm (3.9 in.)

Code (Pos 13) Antenna Material Note

S Stainless steel (material type corresponding to AISI 316/316L and EN 1.4401 /1.4404)

Code (Pos 14) Tank Seal Note

QA Quartz sealing

Code (Pos 15) Tank Connection Note

6A

6B

8A

8B

ANSI Flanges (SST AISI 316L)

4A

4B

4 in. Class 150

4 in. Class 300

6 in. Class 150

6 in. Class 300

8 in. Class 150

8 in. Class 300

Code (Pos 16) Special

V Measurement verification kit

Note

Includes one verification pin and a pipe-end deflector kit

0 None

A.3.3

5900S Radar Level Gauge Options

Code

QT

Q4

S4

Options – none or multiple selections are possible. Specify in the same order as below

IEC 61508 certificate and FMEDA-data

(1)

Calibration certificate

Witnessed calibration certificate

Q8

ST

P1

U1

(3)

Antenna material traceability certification per EN 10204 3.1

Engraved SST tag plate

Antenna hydrostatic pressure testing

TÜV/DIBt WHG Approval for Overfill protection

(1) Requires Pos 3 “Safety Certification (SIS)” code 2 or 3 (SIL 3 or SIL 2).

(2) Certificate includes all pressure retaining wetted parts.

(3) Requires one or more relay outputs in the Rosemount 2410 Tank Hub

(2)

Note

Calibration certificate witnessed by factory selected third part metrology certified institute

Model code example, Rosemount 5900S with still-pipe array antenna

5900S - P 3 2 F I1 R 1 A 1 - 1A 8 S HH 8A 0 - QT Q4

Appendix A. Reference Data

A-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

A-14

Appendix A. Reference Data

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Appendix B Product Certifications

B.1 SAFETY

MESSAGES

B.1

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page B-1

B.2

EU Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page B-2

B.3

Hazardous Locations Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . page B-3

B.4

Approval Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page B-7

Procedures and instructions in this section may require special precautions to ensure the safety of the personnel performing the operations. Information that raises potential safety issues is indicated by a warning symbol ( ). Please refer to the following safety messages before performing an operation preceded by this symbol.

Explosions could result in death or serious injury:

Verify that the operating environment of the transmitter is consistent with the appropriate hazardous locations certifications.

Before connecting a communicator in an explosive atmosphere, make sure the instruments in the loop are installed in accordance with intrinsically safe or non-incendive field wiring practices.

Do not remove the transmitter cover in explosive atmospheres when the circuit is alive.

Failure to follow safe installation and servicing guidelines could result in death or serious injury:

Make sure the transmitter is installed by qualified personnel and in accordance with applicable code of practice.

Use the equipment only as specified in this manual. Failure to do so may impair the protection provided by the equipment.

Do not perform any service other than those contained in this manual unless you are qualified.

Any substitution of non-recognized spare parts may jeopardize safety. Repair, for e.g. substitution of components etc. may also jeopardize safety and is under no circumstances allowed.

To prevent ignition of flammable or combustible atmospheres, disconnect power before servicing.

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

B.2 EU CONFORMITY

High voltage that may be present on leads could cause electrical shock:

Avoid contact with leads and terminals.

Make sure the mains power to the Radar Transmitter is off and the lines to any other external power source are disconnected or not powered while wiring the transmitter.

Antennas with non-conducting surfaces may generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic charge under certain extreme conditions. Therefore, when the antenna is used in a potentially explosive atmosphere, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent electrostatic discharge.

The EC declaration of conformity for all applicable European directives for this product can be found on the Rosemount Tank Gauging website at www.rosemount-tg.com. A hard copy may be obtained by contacting our local sales representative.

B-2

Appendix B. Product Certifications

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

B.3 HAZARDOUS

LOCATIONS

CERTIFICATIONS

B.3.1

Factory Mutual

US Approvals

Figure B-1. Factory Mutual

Intrinsic Safety US Approval

Label

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S Series level gauges that have the following labels attached have been certified to comply with the requirements of the approval agencies noted.

Certificate of Compliance: 3035466.

I5

FISCO Field Device

Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G

Class I, Zone 0/1 AEx ia IIC

For each channel: Ui=17.5 V, Ii=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Entity

Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G

Class I, Zone 0/1 AEx ia IIC

For each channel: Ui=30 V, Ii=300 mA, Pi=1.3 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Dust Ignition Proof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G

Temperature Code T4

Install per Control Drawing 9240040-917

Ambient Temperature Limits: -50°C to +80°C

Special Conditions of Use

1. Parabolic and Array antennas with plastic surfaces and the surface of the painted housing may, under certain extreme conditions, generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic charge. Appropriate measures must be taken to prevent electrostatic discharge.

2. Class I, Zone 0/1 notation: For installation in Zone classified locations, the Rosemount 5900 Radar Level Gauge was evaluated so that an [ib] associated apparatus can connect to it restricting the installation of the electronics to a Zone 1 location while still allowing the antenna to enter a

Zone 0 location.

Appendix B. Product Certifications

B-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

B.3.2

Factory Mutual

Canadian Approvals

Figure B-2. Factory Mutual

Intrinsic Safety Canadian

Approval Label

Certificate of Compliance: 3035466C.

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

I6

FISCO Field Device

Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G

Ex ia IIC

For each channel: Ui=17.5 V, Ii=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Entity

Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G

Ex ia IIC

For each channel: Ui=30 V, Ii=300 mA, Pi=1.3 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Dust Ignition Proof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G

Temperature Code T4

Install per Control Drawing 9240040-917

Ambient Temperature Limits: -50 °C to +80 °C

Special Conditions of Use

1. Parabolic and Array antennas with plastic surfaces and the surface of the painted housing may, under certain extreme conditions, generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic. Appropriate measures must be taken to prevent electrostatic discharge.

B-4

Appendix B. Product Certifications

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

B.3.3

European ATEX

Directive Information

Figure B-3. ATEX Intrinsic

Safety Approval Label

Rosemount 5900S Series

The Rosemount 5900S Series Level Gauge that has the following label attached has been certified to comply with Directive 94/9/EC of the European

Parliament and the Council as published in the Official Journal of the

European Communities No. L 100/1 on 19-April-1994.

I1

The following information is provided as part of the label of the transmitter:

• Name and address of the manufacturer (Rosemount)

• CE Conformity Marking

• Model number

• Serial number of the device

• Year of construction

• ATEX EC-Type Examination Certificate Number FM 09ATEX0057X

• Install per Control Drawing 9240040-917

FISCO Field Device

• Ex ia IIC T4 (-50 °C

Ta



+80 °C)

• For each channel: Ui=17.5 V, Ii=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.1 nF,

Li=1.5 μH

Entity

Appendix B. Product Certifications

• Ex ia IIC T4 (-50 °C

Ta



+80 °C)

• For each channel: Ui=30 V, Ii=300 mA, Pi=1.3 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Special Conditions for Safe Use (X)

1. The enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to present a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction. Care must be taken during installation and use to prevent impact or friction.

2. Parabolic and Array antennas with plastic surfaces and the painted surface of the enclosure may, under certain extreme conditions, generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic charge for IIC applications. Therefore, when these antennas are used in Category 1G,

Group IIC, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent electrostatic discharge.

3. Category 1/2 notation: The Rosemount 5900 Radar Level Gauge was evaluated so that an [ib] associated apparatus can connect to it restricting the installation of the electronics to a Zone 1 location while still allowing the antenna to enter a Zone 0 location.

B-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

B.3.4

IECEx Approval

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

I7

The following information is provided as part of the label of the transmitter:

• Name and address of the manufacturer (Rosemount)

• Model number

• Serial number of the device

• IECEx Certificate of Conformity Number IECEx FMG 09.0009X

• Install per Control Drawing 9240040-917

Figure B-4. IECEx Intrinsic

Safety Approval Label

FISCO Field Device

• Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb (-50 °C<Ta<+80 °C)

• For each channel: Ui=17.5 V, Ii=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.1 nF,

Li=1.5 μH

Entity

• Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb (-50 °C<Ta<+80 °C)

• For each channel: Ui=30 V, Ii=300 mA, Pi=1.3 W, Ci=1.1 nF, Li=1.5 μH

Special Conditions of Certification (X):

1. The enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to present a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction. Care must be taken during installation and use to prevent impact or friction.

2. Parabolic and Array antennas with plastic surfaces and the painted surface of the enclosure may, under certain extreme conditions, generate an ignition-capable level of electrostatic charge for IIC applications. Therefore, when these antennas are used in Category

EPL Ga, Group IIC, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent electrostatic discharge.

3. Ga/Gb notation: The Rosemount 5900 Radar Level Gauge was evaluated so that an [ib] associated apparatus can connect to it restricting the installation of the electronics to a Zone 1 location while still allowing the antenna to enter a Zone 0 location.

B-6

Appendix B. Product Certifications

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

B.4 APPROVAL

DRAWINGS

Rosemount 5900S Series

Follow the installation guidelines presented in Factory Mutual system control drawings in order to maintain certified ratings for installed devices.

The following drawing is included in the documentation for the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge:

9240040-917 System Control Drawing for hazardous location installation of intrinsically safe FM ATEX, FM IECEx, FM-US, and FM-C approved apparatus.

See the “Manuals & Drawings” CD ROM that is shipped with the 5900S Radar

Level Gauge for electronic copies of the system control drawings.

Drawings are also available on the Rosemount Tank Gauging web site: www.rosemount-tg.com.

Appendix B. Product Certifications

B-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

B-8

Appendix B. Product Certifications

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Appendix C F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block

Information

C.1

Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-2

C.2

Analog Input Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-6

C.3

Analog Output Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-9

C.4

Measurement Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-11

C.5

Volume Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-17

C.6

Register Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-19

C.7

Advanced Configuration Transducer Block . . . . . . page C-21

C.8

LPG Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-24

C.9

Supported Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page C-27

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.1 RESOURCE BLOCK

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

This section contains information on the Resource Block of the Rosemount

5900S Radar Level Gauge.

The resource block defines the physical resources of the device. The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple blocks. The block has no linkable inputs or outputs.

Table C-1. Resource Block

Parameters

Index

Number

38

82

83

80

Parameter

ACK_OPTION

ADVISE_ACTIVE

ADVISE_ALM

ADVISE_ENABLE

81

79

37

04

36

ADVISE_MASK

ADVISE_PRI

ALARM_SUM

ALERT_KEY

BLOCK_ALM

06

30

33

20

BLOCK_ERR

CLR_FSTATE

CONFIRM_TIME

CYCLE_SEL

19

09

13

60

CYCLE_TYPE

DD_RESOURCE

DD_REV

DEFINE_WRITE_LOCK

55 DETAILED_STATUS

Description

Selection of whether alarms associated with the function block will be automatically acknowledged.

Enumerated list of advisory conditions within a device.

Alarm indicating advisory alarms. These conditions do not have a direct impact on the process or device integrity.

Enabled ADVISE_ALM alarm conditions. Corresponds bit for bit to the ADVISE_ACTIVE.

A bit on means that the corresponding alarm condition is enabled and will be detected. A bit off means the corresponding alarm condition is disabled and will not be detected.

Mask of ADVISE_ALM. Corresponds bit by bit to ADVISE_ACTIVE. A bit on means that the condition is masked out from alarming.

Designates the alarming priority of the ADVISE_ALM

The current alarm status, unacknowledged states, unreported states, and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block.

The identification number of the plant unit.

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alarm is entered in the subcode field. The first alarm to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter. As soon as the

Unreported status is cleared by the larm reporting task, another block alarm may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

Writing a Clear to this parameter will clear the device FAIL_SAFE if the field condition has cleared.

The time the resource will wait for confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again.

Retry will not happen when CONFIRM_TIME=0.

Used to select the block execution method for this resource. The Rosemount 5900S supports the following:

Scheduled: Blocks are only executed based on the function block schedule.

Block Execution: A block may be executed by linking to another blocks completion.

Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource.

String identifying the tag of the resource which contains the Device Description for this resource.

Revision of the DD associated with the resource - used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.

Allows the operator to select how WRITE_LOCK behaves. The initial value is “lock everything”. If the value is set to “lock only physical device” then the resource and transducer blocks of the device will be locked but changes to function blocks will be allowed.

Indicates the state of the transmitter. See detailed status codes in section “Resource

Block” on page 6-24.

C-2

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Index

Number

12

43

11

46

42

67

DEV_REV

Parameter

DEV_STRING

DEV_TYPE

DIAG_OPTION

DISTRIBUTOR

DOWNLOAD_MODE

28

71

69

45

17

72

73

70

FAULT_STATE

FAILED_ACTIVE

FAILED_ALM

FAILED_ENABLE

FAILED_MASK

FAILED_PRI

FB_OPTION

FEATURES

15

52

84

41

18

54

24

25

14

32

77

78

75

FEATURES_SEL

FINAL_ASSY_NUM

FREE_SPACE

FREE_TIME

GRANT_DENY

HARD_TYPES

HARDWARE_REV

HEALTH_INDEX

ITK_VER

LIM_NOTIFY

MAINT_ACTIVE

MAINT_ALM

MAINT_ENABLE

Rosemount 5900S Series

Description

Manufacturer revision number associated with the resource - used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.

This is used to load new licensing into the device. The value can be written but will always read back with a value of 0.

Manufacturer’s model number associated with the resource - used by interface devices to locate the DD file for the resource.

Indicates which diagnostics licensing options are enabled.

Reserved for use as distributor ID. No Foundation enumerations defined at this time.

Gives access to the boot block code for over-the-wire downloads.

0 = Uninitialized

1 = Run mode

2 = Download mode

Condition set by loss of communication to an output block, fault promoted to an output block or physical contact. When FAIL_SAFE condition is set, then output function blocks will perform their FAIL_SAFE actions.

Enumerated list of failure conditions within a device.

Alarm indicating a failure within a device which makes the device non-operational.

Enabled FAILED_ALM alarm conditions. Corresponds bit for bit to the FAILED_ACTIVE.

A bit on means that the corresponding alarm condition is enabled and will be detected. A bit off means the corresponding alarm condition is disabled and will not be detected.

Mask of FAILED_ALM. Corresponds bit of bit to FAILED_ACTIVE. A bit on means that the condition is masked out from alarming.

Designates the alarming priority of the FAILED_ALM.

Indicates which function block licensing options are enabled.

Used to show supported resource block options.

The supported features are:

• HARD_WRITE_LOCK_SUPPORT

• SOFT_WRITE_LOCK_SUPPORT

• REPORT_SUPPORT

• UNICODE_SUPPORT

• MULTI_BIT ALARM

• RESTART/RELINK AFTER FB ACTION

Used to select resource block options.

The same final assembly number specified or set by the customer.

Percent of memory available for further configuration. Zero in a preconfigured device.

Percent of the block processing time that is free to process additional blocks.

Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. Not used by device.

The types of hardware available as channel numbers.

Hardware revision of the hardware that has the resource block in it.

Parameter representing the overall health of the device, 100 being perfect and 1 being non-functioning. The value is based on the active PWA alarms.

Major revision number of the inter operability test case used in certifying this device as interoperable. The format and range are controlled by the Fieldbus Foundation.

Maximum number of unconfirmed alert notify messages allowed.

Enumerated list of maintenance conditions within a device.

Alarm indicating the device needs maintenance soon. If the condition is ignored, the device will eventually fail.

Enabled MAINT_ALM alarm conditions. Corresponds bit for bit to the MAINT_ACTIVE. A bit on means that the corresponding alarm condition is enabled and will be detected. A bit off means the corresponding alarm condition is disabled and will not be detected.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

07

62

61

65

59

29

Index

Number

76

74

10

31

22

57

58

21

47

05

23

53

85

51

50

48

49

68

16

Parameter

MAINT_MASK

MAINT_PRI

MANUFAC_ID

MAX_NOTIFY

MEMORY_SIZE

MESSAGE_DATE

MESSAGE_TEXT

MIN_CYCLE_T

MISC_OPTION

MODE_BLK

NV_CYCLE_T

OUTPUT_BOARD_SN

PWA_SIMULATE

RB_SFTWR_REV_ALL

RB_SFTWR_REV_BUILD

RB_SFTWR_REV_MAJOR

RB_SFTWR_REV_MINOR

RECOMMENDED_ACTION

RESTART

RS_STATE

SAVE_CONFIG_BLOCKS

SAVE_CONFIG_NOW

SECURITY_IO

SELF_TEST

SET_FSTATE

Description

Mask of MAINT_ALM. Corresponds bit of bit to MAINT_ACTIVE. A bit on means that the condition is masked out from alarming.

Designates the alarming priority of the MAINT_ALM

Manufacturer identification number – used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource.

Maximum number of unconfirmed notify messages possible.

Available configuration memory in the empty resource. To be checked before attempting a download.

Date associated with the MESSAGE_TEXT parameter.

Used to indicate changes made by the user to the device's installation, configuration, or calibration.

Time duration of the shortest cycle interval of which the resource is capable.

Indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block:

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for actual

Minimum time interval specified by the manufacturer for writing copies of NV parameters to non-volatile memory. Zero means it will never be automatically copied. At the end of

NV_CYCLE_T, only those parameters which have changed need to be updated in

NVRAM.

Output board serial number.

Parameter allowing simulation of PWA alarms.

The string contains the following fields:

Major rev: 1-3 characters, decimal number 0-255

Minor rev: 1-3 characters, decimal number 0-255

Build rev: 1-5 characters, decimal number 0-255

Time of build: 8 characters, xx:xx:xx, military time

Day of week of build: 3 characters, Sun, Mon,...

Month of build: 3 characters, Jan, Feb.

Day of month of build: 1-2 characters, decimal number 1-31

Year of build: 4 characters, decimal

Builder: 7 characters, login name of builder

Build of software that the resource block was created with.

Major revision of software that the resource block was created with.

Minor revision of software that the resource block was created with.

Enumerated list of recommended actions displayed with a device alert.

Allows a manual restart to be initiated. Several degrees of restart are possible. They are the following:

1 Run – nominal state when not restarting

2 Restart resource – not used

3 Restart with defaults – set parameters to default values. See

START_WITH_DEFAULTS below for which parameters are set.

4 Restart processor – does a warm start of CPU.

State of the function block application state machine.

Number of EEPROM blocks that have been modified since last burn. This value will count down to zero when the configuration is saved.

Allows the user to optionally save all non-volatile information immediately.

Status of security switch.

Instructs resource block to perform self-test. Tests are device specific.

Allows the FAIL_SAFE condition to be manually initiated by selecting Set.

C-4

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Index

Number

26

27

64

66

03

56

STRATEGY

SUMMARY_STATUS

TEST_RW

Parameter

SHED_RCAS

SHED_ROUT

SIMULATE_IO

SIMULATE_STATE

01

63

ST_REV

START_WITH_DEFAULTS

02

08

35

40

34

39

44

TAG_DESC

UPDATE_EVT

WRITE_ALM

WRITE_LOCK

WRITE_PRI

XD_OPTION

Description

Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block RCas locations.

Shed from RCas shall never happen when SHED_ROUT = 0

Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROut locations.

Shed from ROut shall never happen when SHED_ROUT = 0

Status of simulate switch.

The state of the simulate switch:

0 = Uninitialized

1 = Switch off, simulation not allowed

2 = Switch on, simulation not allowed (need to cycle jumper/switch)

3 = Switch on, simulation allowed

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block.

0 = Uninitialized

1 = do not power-up with NV defaults

2 = power-up with default node address

3 = power-up with default pd_tag and node address

4 = power-up with default data for the entire communications stack (no application data)

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks.

An enumerated value of repair analysis.

0 = Uninitialized

1 = No repair needed

2 = Repairable

3 = Call service center

The user description of the intended application of the block.

Read/write test parameter - used only for conformance testing.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data.

This alert is generated if the write lock parameter is cleared.

When hardware write protection is selected, WRITE_LOCK becomes an indicator of the jumper setting and is unavailable for software write protection.

When software write lock is selected, and WRITE_LOCK is set, no writings from anywhere else are allowed, except to clear WRITE_LOCK. Block input will continue to be updated.

Priority of the alarm generated by clearing the write lock.

Indicates which transducer block licensing options are enabled.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-5

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.2 ANALOG INPUT BLOCK

Figure C-1. Analog-Input Block

Figure C-2. Analog Input

Function Block Schematic

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

AI

OUT_D

OUT

OUT =The block output value and status

OUT_D =Discrete output that signals a selected alarm condition

The Analog Input (AI) function block processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks. The output value from the

AI block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the quality of the measurement. The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels. Use the channel number to define the variable that the AI block processes.

The AI block supports alarming, signal scaling, signal filtering, signal status calculation, mode control, and simulation. In Automatic mode, the block’s output parameter (OUT) reflects the process variable (PV) value and status.

In Manual mode, OUT may be set manually. The Manual mode is reflected on the output status. A discrete output (OUT_D) is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active. Alarm detection is based on the OUT value

and user specified alarm limits. Table C-2 lists the AI block parameters and

their units of measure, descriptions, and index numbers.

Analog

Measurement

ALARM_TYPE

Access

Analog

Meas.

CHANNEL

HI_HI_LIM

HI_LIM

LO_LO_LIM

LO_LIM

ALARM_HYS

LOW_CUT

Alarm

Detection

OUT_D

Convert

Cutoff Filter PV

Status

Calc.

OUT

SIMULATE

L_TYPE

PV_FTIME

MODE

FIELD_VAL

OUT_SCALE

XD_SCALE

IO_OPTS

STATUS_OPTS

NOTES:

OUT = block output value and status.

OUT_D = discrete output that signals a selected alarm condition.

C-6

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table C-2. Definitions of Analog

Input Function Block System

Parameters

Parameter

ACK_OPTION

ALARM_HYS

ALARM_SEL

ALARM_SUM

ALERT_KEY

BLOCK_ALM

BLOCK_ERR

CHANNEL

FIELD_VAL

GRANT_DENY

HI_ALM

HI_HI_ALM

HI_HI_LIM

HI_HI_PRI

HI_LIM

HI_PRI

IO_OPTS

L_TYPE

LO_ALM

LO_LIM

LO_LO_ALM

LO_LO_LIM

LO_LO_PRI

LO_PRI

LOW_CUT

33

26

25

28

27

13

16

35

30

36

32

31

29

17

19

12

34

04

21

Index

Number

23

24

None

Percent

Units

38 None

22 None

06

15

None

None

None

None

Percent

None

None

None

EU of PV_SCALE

None

EU of PV_SCALE

None

None

None

None

EU of PV_SCALE

None

EU of PV_SCALE

None

None

%

Description

Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms.

The amount the alarm value must return within the alarm limit before the associated active alarm condition clears.

Used to select the process alarm conditions that will cause the OUT_D parameter to be set.

The summary alarm is used for all process alarms in the block. The cause of the alarm is entered in the subcode field. The first alarm to become active will set the

Active status in the Status parameter. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alarm reporting task, another block alarm may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alarm is entered in the subcode field. The first alarm to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alarm reporting task, another block alarm may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

The CHANNEL value is used to select the measurement value.

You must configure the CHANNEL parameter before you can configure the

XD_SCALE parameter. See “Analog Input Block” on page 4-41.

The value and status from the transducer block or from the simulated input when simulation is enabled.

Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating, tuning, and alarm parameters of the block. Not used by device.

The HI alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm.

The HI HI alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm.

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI HI alarm condition.

The priority of the HI HI alarm.

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI alarm condition.

The priority of the HI alarm.

Allows the selection of input/output options used to alter the PV. Low cutoff enabled is the only selectable option.

Linearization type. Determines whether the field value is used directly (Direct) or is converted linearly (Indirect).

The LO alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm.

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO alarm condition.

The LO LO alarm data, which includes a value of the alarm, a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm.

The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO LO alarm condition.

The priority of the LO LO alarm.

The priority of the LO alarm.

If percentage value of transducer input fails below this, PV = 0.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-7

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Parameter

MODE_BLK

OUT

OUT_D

OUT_SCALE

PV

PV_FTIME

SIMULATE

STRATEGY

ST_REV

TAG_DESC

UPDATE_EVT

VAR_INDEX

VAR_SCAN

XD_SCALE

08

37

11

02

20

39

Index

Number

05

07

18

09

03

01

40

10

Units Description

None The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

EU of OUT_SCALE The block output value and status.

None Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm condition.

None The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with OUT.

EU of XD_SCALE The process variable used in block execution.

Seconds

None

The time constant of the first-order PV filter. It is the time required for a 63% change in the IN value.

A group of data that contains the current transducer value and status, the simulated transducer value and status, and the enable/disable bit.

None

None

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

None

None

% of OUT Range

Seconds

None

The user description of the intended application of the block.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data.

The average absolute error between the PV and its previous mean value over that evaluation time defined by VAR_SCAN.

The time over which the VAR_INDEX is evaluated.

The high and low scale values, engineering units code, and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the channel input value.

C.2.1

Simulation

To perform lab test of process variables and alerts, you can either change the mode of the AI block to manual and adjust the output value, or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status. In both cases, you must first set the

SIMULATE switch (1) on the field device to the ON position, see “Simulation” on page 4-43.

With simulation enabled, the actual measurement value has no impact on the

OUT value or the status.

C-8

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

C.3 ANALOG OUTPUT BLOCK

Rosemount 5900S Series

CAS_IN

AO

BKCAL_OUT

OUT

CAS_IN

BKCAL_OUT

OUT

=The remote setpoint value from another function block

=The value and status required by the

BKCAL_IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control.

=The block output and status.

The Analog Output (AO) function block assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I/O channel. The block supports mode control,

signal status calculation, and simulation. Table C-3 lists the definitions of the

system parameters. See also “Analog Output Block” on page 4-48.

Table C-3. Analog Output

Function Block System

Parameters

Parameter

BKCAL_OUT

BLOCK_ERR

CAS_IN

IO_OPTS

CHANNEL

MODE

OUT

PV

PV_SCALE

READBACK

EU of PV_SCALE

None

EU of PV_SCALE

None

None

None

Units

EU of XD_SCALE

EU of PV_SCALE

None

EU of XD_SCALE

Description

The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control.

The summary of active error conditions associated with the block.

The block errors for the AnalogOutput block are Simulate Active,

Input Failure/Process Variable has Bad Status,Output Failure, Read back Failed, and Out of Service..

The remote setpoint value from another function block.

Allows you to select how the I/O signals are processed. The supported I/O options for the AO function block are SP_PV Track in

Man, Increase to Close, and Use PV for BKCAL_OUT.

Defines the output that drives the field device.

See “Analog Output Block” on page 4-48.

Enumerated attribute used to request and show the source of the setpoint and/or output used by the block.

The primary value and status calculated by the block in Auto mode.

OUT may be set manually in Man mode.

The process variable used in block execution. This value is converted from READBACK to show the actuator position in the same units as the setpoint value.

The high and low scale values, the engineering units code, and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the

PV.

Themeasured or implied actuator position associated with the OUT value.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-9

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Parameter

SIMULATE

SP

SP_HI_LIM

SP_LO_LIM

SP_RATE_DN

SP_RATE_UP

SP_WRK

Units

EU of XD_SCALE

EU of PV_SCALE

EU of PV_SCALE

EU of PV_SCALE

EU of PV_SCALE per second

EU of PV_SCALE per second

EU of PV_SCALE

Description

Enables simulation and allows you to enter an input value and status.

The target block output value (setpoint).

The highest setpoint value allowed.

The lowest setpoint value allowed.

Ramp rate for downward setpoint changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the setpoint is used immediately.

Ramp rate for upward setpoint changes. When the ramp rate is set to zero, the setpoint is used immediately.

The working setpoint of the block. It is the result of setpoint rate-of-change limiting. The value is converted to percent to obtain the block’s OUT value.

C.3.1

Setting the

Output

To set the output for the AO block, you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its setpoint. In Manual mode the value of the output attribute (OUT) must be set manually by the user, and is independent of the setpoint. In Automatic mode, OUT is set automatically based on the value specified by the setpoint (SP) in engineering units and the

I/O options attribute (IO_OPTS). In addition, you can limit the SP value and the rate at which a change in the SP is passed to OUT.

In Cascade mode, the cascade input connection (CAS_IN) is used to update the SP. The back calculation output (BKCAL_OUT) is wired to the back calculation input (BKCAL_IN) of the upstream block that provides CAS_IN.

This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block. The OUT attribute or an analog readback value, such as valve position, is shown by the process value (PV) attribute in engineering units.

To support testing, you can enable simulation, which allows you to manually set the channel feedback. There is no alarm detection in the AO function block.

To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options, the tracking options, and the conversion and status calculations.

C-10

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.4 MEASUREMENT TRANSDUCER BLOCK

The Measurement Transducer block contains the actual measurement data, including a level and distance reading. The transducer block includes information about sensor type, engineering units, and all parameters needed to configure the transmitter.

Table C-4. Measurement

Transducer Block Parameters

Index

Number

1 ST_REV

Parameter

2

3

4

5

6

9

13

14

15

7

8

10

11

12

TAG_DESC

STRATEGY

ALERT_KEY

MODE_BLK

BLOCK_ERR

UPDATE_EVT

BLOCK_ALM

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY

TRANSDUCER_TYPE

XD_ERROR

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY

RADAR_LEVEL_TYPE

HOUSING_TEMPERATURE

TEMPERATURE_UNIT

Description

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value increments each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

The user description of the intended application of the block.

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter.

As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

Directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the transducers in the transducer block.

Identifies the transducer.

A transducer block alarm subcode.

A directory that specifies the number, starting indices, and DD Item ID’s of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block.

Internal temperature of the level gauge electronics

Measurement unit for temperature

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-11

Rosemount 5900S Series

C-12

43

44

41

42

33

34

35

36

16

17

18

19

20

21

28

29

30

31

32

22

23

24

25

26

27

37

38

39

40

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

LEVEL

LENGTH_UNIT

LEVEL_RATE

LEVEL_RATE_UNIT

ENV_DEVICE_MODE

DIAGN_DEVICE_ALERT

DEVICE_VERSION_NUMBER

DIAGN_REVISION

SERIAL_NO

STATS_ATTEMPTS

STATS_FAILURES

STATS_TIMEOUTS

FF_DEVICE_NUMBER

FF_WRITE_PROTECT

P1451_SLAVE_STATS

P1451_HOST_STATS

DISTANCE

SIGNAL_STRENGTH

SIGNAL_STRENGTH_UNI

ANTENNA_TYPE

TCL

PIPE_DIAMETER

HOLD_OFF_DIST

ANTENNA_SIZE

OFFSET_DIST_G

TANK_HEIGHT_R

BOTTOM_OFFSET_DIST_C

CALIBRATION_DIST

TANK_SHAPE

Distance from the zero level (tank bottom) to the product surface

Length Unit

Velocity at which the product surface is moving

Level Rate Unit

Service Mode (see Table C-5)

Errors and warnings for 2410 Tank Hub usage.

See Table C-14 on page C-16.

PM card SW version number

PM revision

Main Label Device ID

Total number of messages sent to PM

Total number of failed messages to PM

Total number of timed-out messages to PM

CM board serial number

CM board write protection status

Communication statistics

Communication statistics

Distance from the tank reference point (normally the lower side of the flange) to the product surface

Amplitude of the echo from the product surface.

A high value indicates a good reflection by the surface

Signal strength unit

Antenna type on the device (see Table C-6)

Tank Connection Length. Electrical distance between the transmitter's reference point and the microwave unit. Only for user defined antennas.

Still-pipe inner diameter, see “Tank Geometry” on page 4-6.

Hold Off Distance defines how close to the gauge’s reference point a level measurement is

accepted, see “Tank Geometry” on page 4-6.

Still-pipe Array antenna size

Gauge Reference Distance (G), see “Tank

Geometry” on page 4-6. Use the Distance Offset

(G) if a reference point other than the lower side of the device flange is required.

Tank Reference Height (R) is defined as the distance between the upper reference point and

the lower reference point (zero level). See “Tank

Geometry” on page 4-6.

Minimum Level Offset (C) defines a lower null zone which extends the measurement range beyond the Zero Level Reference Point down to

the tank bottom. See “Tank Geometry” on page 4-6.

Calibration Distance is by default set to zero. It is used to adjust the level measurement so that measured levels match hand dipped levels. See

“Tank Geometry” on page 4-6.

Tank Type (see “Tank Shape” on page 4-15 and

Table C-8). Optimizes the 5900S for various tank

geometries.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

45

46

65

66

67

68

69

59

60

61

62

63

64

53

54

55

47

48

49

50

51

52

56

57

58

Rosemount 5900S Series

TANK_BOTTOM_TYPE

TANK_ENVIRONMENT

TANK_PRESENTATION

PRODUCT_DC

ENV_WRITE_PROTECT

RM_VERSION_NUMBER

DEVICE_MODEL

TANK_EXPANSION_COEFF

TANK_CALIB_AVG_TEMP

DAMPING_VALUE

HEART_BEAT_COUNT

DEVICE_STATUS

DEVICE_COMMAND

VOLUME

VOLUME_UNIT

MODEL_CODE

FF_SUPPORT_INFO

FF_APPL_VERSION_NUMBER

SENSOR_DIAGNOSTICS

VAPOR_PRESSURE

VAPOR_TEMPERATURE

USER_DEFINED

TANK_TEMPERATURE

PRESSURE_UNIT

USED_HOLD_OFF

Tank Bottom Type. Optimizes the 5900S for measurements close to the tank bottom. See

Table C-9.

Tank Environment. See “Environment” on page 4-15. Mark the check boxes that

correspond to the conditions in your tank. For best performance you should not choose more

than two options. See Table C-10.

Tank Presentation. See Table C-11.

Product dielectric constant

Write protect

RM card version number

Device Model

Tank Expansion Coefficient

Tank Calibration Average Temperature

Damping Value

This number should be incrementing. It is an indication that the device is alive.

Device Status. See also “Device Status” on page 6-19.

Command

Product volume in the tank. A value of 0 could indicate that the volume calculation is not enabled.

Unit code for all volume parameters

Model code

FF Support Information

CM version number

Sensor Diagnostics

Tank vapor pressure. Data provided from AO block.

Tank vapor temperature. Data provided from AO block.

User Defined value

Tank Temperature

Pressure Unit

Used Hold Off Distance

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-13

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table C-5. Device Mode

0

2

3

VALUE

Table C-6. Antenna Type

6011

6012

6021

6022

7041

7042

7061

7062

5001

5002

3002

2001

6001

6002

7081

7082

3001

4001

4501

1000

1001

1003

VALUE

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

ENV_DEVICE_MODE

Normal operation

Restart device

Set device to factory default

ANTENNA_TYPE

Still-Pipe Array Fixed

Still-Pipe Array Hatch

Parabolic

Horn

LPG/LNG 150 psi Valve

LPG/LNG 150 psi

LPG/LNG 300 psi Valve

LPG/LNG 300 psi

LPG/LNG 600 psi Valve

LPG/LNG 600 psi

Cone 4 in. PTFE

Cone 4 in. Quartz

Cone 6 in. PTFE

Cone 6 in. Quartz

Cone 8 in. PTFE

Cone 8 in. Quartz

Parabolic 2930

Still-Pipe 2940/3940

Still-Pipe 2945/3945

User defined Free Propagation

User defined Still-Pipe

User defined Still-Pipe Array

Table C-7. Antenna Size

2

3

0

1

4

VALUE

Pipe 5 inch

Pipe 6 inch

Pipe 8 inch

Pipe 10 inch

Pipe 12 inch

ANTENNA_SIZE

Table C-8. Tank Shape

C-14

3

4

5

0

1

2

VALUE TANK_SHAPE

Unknown

Vertical Cylinder

Horizontal Cylinder

Spherical

Cubical

Floating Roof

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Table C-9. Tank Bottom Type

2

3

4

0

1

VALUE

Unknown

Flat

Dome

Cone

Flat Inclined

Rosemount 5900S Series

TANK_BOTTOM_TYPE

Table C-10. Environment

2

8

10

20

VALUE TANK_ENVIRONMENT

Rapid Level Change (>0.1 m/s, >4 in/s)

Turbulent Surface

Foam

Solid Product

Table C-11. Tank Presentation

VALUE

0

0x00000001

0x00000002

0x00000004

0x00000008

0x00000010

0x00000020

0x00000040

0x00000080

0x00000100

0x00000200

0x00000400

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00002000

0x00004000

0x00008000

0x00010000

0x00020000

0x00040000

0x00080000

TANK_PRESENTATION

Level above min distance possible

Predicting allowed

Bottom echo always visible when tank is empty

Tank contains double bounces

Use slow search

Enable double surface function

Select lower surface

Reserved

Show negative level as zero

Use monotone level ullage presentation

Use bottom projection

Reserved

Invalid level is NOT set if tank is empty or full

Do not set invalid level when empty

Do not set invalid level when full

Reserved

Use extra echo function

Always track first echo

Use harder level rate filtering around beams

Reserved

Table C-12. Product dielectric constant

2

3

0

1

4

VALUE

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Unknown

Range ( < 2.5)

Range ( < 2.5 - 4)

Range ( < 4 -10)

Range ( >10)

PRODUCT_DC

C-15

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table C-13. Device Satus

VALUE

0x00000001

0x00000002

0x00000004

0x00000100

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00008000

0x00010000

0x00020000

0x00040000

0x00800000

0x02000000

0x20000000

C.4.1

Diagnostic

Device Alerts

Table C-14. Device Alerts

DEVICE_STATUS

Reserved

Running Boot SW

Device Warning

Device Error

BOOT Beta version used

APPL Beta version used

Level correction error

Invalid measurement

Write protected

Default database

Simulation active

SIL Enabled

RM reprogramming in progress

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Table C-14 lists conditions reported in the DIAGN_DEVICE_ALERT

parameter.

Value

0x0008 0000

0x0010 0000

0x0020 0000

0x0040 0000

0x1000 0000

0x2000 0000

Description

No alarm active

Database error

Hardware error

Configuration error

Software error

Simulation Mode

Software write protected

C-16

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.5 VOLUME TRANSDUCER BLOCK

Table C-15. Volume Transducer

Block parameters

7

8

2

3

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

10

11

12

Index

Number

1 ST_REV

Parameter

4

5

6

9

TAG_DESC

STRATEGY

ALERT_KEY

MODE_BLK

BLOCK_ERR

UPDATE_EVT

BLOCK_ALM

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY

TRANSDUCER_TYPE

XD_ERROR

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY

LENGTH_UNIT

VOLUME_UNIT

VOLUME

VOLUME_STATUS

LEVEL

VOLUME_ CALC_METHOD

VOLUME_IDEAL_DIAMETER

Description

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value increments each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

The user description of the intended application of the block.

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the

Status parameter. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

Directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the transducers in the transducer block.

Identifies the transducer.

A transducer block alarm sub code.

A directory that specifies the number, starting indices, and DD Item ID’s of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block.

Same as in measurement transducer block

Same as in measurement transducer block

Calculated volume and status

Detailed status

Used level value

Used volume calculation method

Diameter for pre-defined standard tank type

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-17

Rosemount 5900S Series

20

21

22

23

24

25

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

VOLUME_IDEAL_LENGTH

VOLUME_OFFSET

VOLUME_INTERPOLATE_MET

HOD

VOLUME_

STRAP_TABLE_LENGTH

STRAP_LEVEL_1_30

STRAP_VOLUME_1_30

Length for pre-defined standard tank type

Lets you use a non-zero volume for the zero level. Can be used in case you want to include the product volume below the zero level.

Interpolation method for levels between strapping table points

Number of strapping table points

Level values for strapping points 1 to 30

Volume values for strapping points 1 to 30

C-18

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.6 REGISTER TRANSDUCER BLOCK

The Register Transducer Block allows access to Database registers and Input registers of the Rosemount 5900S Radar Level Gauge. This makes it possible to read a selected set of register directly by accessing the memory location.

The Register Transducer Block is only available with advanced service.

Since the Register Transducer Block allows access to most registers in the 5900S, which includes the registers set by the Methods and Configuration screens in the Level

Transducer Block (see “Measurement Transducer Block” on page C-11), it should be

handled with care and ONLY to be changed by trained and certified service personnel, or as guided by Emerson Process Management/Rosemount Tank Gauging support personnel.

Table C-16. Register

Transducer Block parameters

Index

Number

1 ST_REV

Parameter

4

5

2

3

TAG_DESC

STRATEGY

ALERT_KEY

MODE_BLK

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

6

7

8

BLOCK_ERR

UPDATE_EVT

BLOCK_ALM

Fieldbus Block Information

Description

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value increments each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

The user description of the intended application of the block.

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the

Status parameter. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

C-19

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

9

10

11

12

13

14

75

76

77

78

79

15-44

45-74

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY

TRANSDUCER_TYPE

XD_ERROR

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY

Directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the transducers in the transducer block.

Identifies the transducer.

A transducer block alarm sub code.

A directory that specifies the number, starting indices, and DD Item ID’s of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block.

TRANSDUCER_TYPE_VER

RB_PARAMETER

INP_REG_n_TYPE

INP_REG_n_FLOAT

INP_REG_n_INT_DEC

DB_REG_n_TYPE

DB_REG_n_FLOAT

DB_REG_n_INT_DEC

RM_COMMAND

Describes characteristics of input register n.

Indicates requested value is displayed as a floating point (/ decimal) number.

Input register n value, displayed as floating point number

Input register n value, displayed as decimal number

Describes characteristics of holding register n.

Indicates requested value is displayed as a floating point (/ decimal) number.

Holding register n value, displayed as floating point number.

Holding register n value, displayed as decimal number.

Defines what action to perform; Read

Input/Holding Register, Restart Device, Poll

Program Complete.

RM_DATA

RM_STATUS

INP_SEARCH_START_NBR

DB_SEARCH_START_NBR

Input register search start number

Holding register search start number

C-20

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.7 ADVANCED CONFIGURATION TRANSDUCER BLOCK

Table C-17. Advanced

Configuration Transducer Block parameters

Index

Number

1 ST_REV

Parameter

4

5

6

7

8

2

3

9

10

11

12

TAG_DESC

STRATEGY

ALERT_KEY

MODE_BLK

BLOCK_ERR

UPDATE_EVT

BLOCK_ALM

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY

TRANSDUCER_TYPE

XD_ERROR

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY

Description

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value increments each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

The user description of the intended application of the block.

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status parameter.

As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

Directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the transducers in the transducer block.

Identifies the transducer.

A transducer block alarm sub code.

A directory that specifies the number, starting indices, and DD Item ID’s of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block.

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-21

Rosemount 5900S Series

36

37

38

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

27

28

29

30

21

22

23

24

25

26

31

32

33

34

35

39

43

44

45

46

40

41

42

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

AUTO_CONF_MEAS_FUNC

USED_EXTRA_ECHO_MIN_ULLAGE

USED_EXTRA_ECHO_MAX_ULLAGE

USED_EXTRA_ECHO_MIN_AMPL

EXTRA_ECHO_MIN_ULLAGE

EXTRA_ECHO_MAX_ULLAGE

EXTRA_ECHO_MIN_AMPL

USED_EMPTY_TANK_DETECTION_

AREA

EMPTY_TANK_DETECTION_AREA

USED_ECHO_TIMEOUT

USED_CLOSE_DIST

USED_SLOW_SEARCH_SPEED

USED_FFT_MATCH_THRESH

USED_MULT_MATCH_THRESH

USED_MED_FILTER_SIZE

USED_MIN_UPDATE_RELATION

ECHO_TIMEOUT

CLOSE_DIST

SEARCH_SPEED

FFT_MATCH_THRESHOLD

MULT_MATCH_THRESHOLD

MED_FILTER_SIZE

MIN_UPDATE_RELATION

USED_DIST_FILTER_FACTOR

DIST_FILTER_FACTOR

USE_LEVEL_MONITORING

DOUBLE_BOUNCE_OFFSET

UPPER_PRODUCT_DC

TANK_PRESENTATION_2

AMPLITUDE_THRESHOLD

ATP_LENGTH

LENGTH_UNIT

LEVEL_RATE_UNIT

SIGNAL_STRENGTH_UNIT

Check box to enable manual settings of affected parameters

Parameters and functions for Empty Tank

Handling.

See “Empty Tank Handling” on page 4-11 for

more information.

Parameters and functions for Echo Tracking.

See “Surface Echo Tracking” on page 4-16 for

more information.

Parameters for Filter Settings.

See “Filter Setting” on page 4-18 for more

information.

A function which continuously scans the upper zone in the tank for new echoes. If an echo is found, which is not the present tracked surface, the function will initiate an instant jump to the

upper echo. See Table C-21.

Used for advanced configuration of spherical and horizontal cylinder tanks in case multiple reflections lead to incorrect interpretation of product surface level.

Upper product dielectric constant

See Table C-11.

Echoes with amplitudes below the General

Amplitude Threshold will be disregarded. Use this parameter to filter out noise.

Number of points in the Amplitude Threshold

Point (ATP) table.

Measurement unit for length parameters such as product level

Measurement unit for level rate parameters.

Measurement unit for amplitude of measurement signal.

C-22

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

49

50

51

52

53

54

47

48

ECHO_UPDATE

ECHO_COMMAND

ECHO_DISTANCE

ECHO_AMPLITUDE

ECHO_CLASS

ECHO_FALSE

ATP_DISTANCE

ATP_THRESHOLD

Table C-18. Echo classification

6

7

4

5

8

9

2

3

0

1

VALUE

Unknown

Irrelevant

Surface

False echo

Double Bounce

Secondary Surface

Tank Bottom Echo

Beam below surface

Beam above surface

LPG pin

Description

Table C-19. Echo update

0

1

2

VALUE Description

Uninitialized

Normal operation

Read a snapshot of found echoes

Table C-20. Echo command

0

1

2

VALUE

Uninitialized

Add false echo

Remove false echo

Description

Table C-21. Use level monitoring

VALUE

0

1

2

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Uninitialized

No

Yes

Description

Rosemount 5900S Series

Refresh echo information in parameters 49 to 51.

See Table C-19.

Save found echo as a registered false echo.

Remove echo from registered false echo list.

See Table C-20.

Distance to found echo.

Signal Amplitude of found echo.

Classification of found echo, see Table C-18.

Distance to registered false echo

You can filter out weak disturbing echoes by creating a noise threshold table defined by ATP

Distance and ATP Threshold points.

Amplitude threshold. See ATP_DISTANCE.

C-23

Rosemount 5900S Series

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

C.8 LPG TRANSDUCER BLOCK

The LPG transducer block contains parameters for setup and configuration of

LPG calculations. It also contains parameters for verification and status of

LPG corrections.

To be usable, the main transducer block has to include the appropriate source devices for gas pressure and gas temperature measurements.

See “LPG Configuration” on page 4-20 and “LPG Setup Using DeltaV / AMS

Device Manager” on page 4-77 for more information on how to configure the

5900S for LPG measurement. See also the application example in “Analog

Output Block” on page 4-48.

Table C-22. LPG-Hybrid

Transducer Block parameters

Index

Number

1 ST_REV

Parameter

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

TAG_DESC

STRATEGY

ALERT_KEY

MODE_BLK

BLOCK_ERR

UPDATE_EVT

BLOCK_ALM

TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY

TRANSDUCER_TYPE

XD_ERROR

Description

The revision level of the static data associated with the function block. The revision value increments each time a static parameter value in the block is changed.

The user description of the intended application of the block.

The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks. This data is not checked or processed by the block.

The identification number of the plant unit. This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms, etc.

The actual, target, permitted, and normal modes of the block.

Target: The mode to “go to”

Actual: The mode the “block is currently in”

Permitted: Allowed modes that target may take on

Normal: Most common mode for target

This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block. It is a bit string, so that multiple errors may be shown.

This alert is generated by any change to the static data

The block alarm is used for all configuration, hardware, connection failure or system problems in the block. The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field. The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the

Status parameter. As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task, another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status, if the subcode has changed.

Directory that specifies the number and starting indices of the transducers in the transducer block.

Identifies the transducer.

A transducer block alarm sub code.

C-24

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

12

42

43

44

45

38

39

40

41

46

47

48

33

34

35

36

37

49

28

29

30

31

32

22

23

24

25

16

17

18

19

20

21

26

27

13

14

15

50

51

Rosemount 5900S Series

COLLECTION_DIRECTORY

LPG_SPECIAL_CONTROL

LPG_CORRECTION_METHOD

LPG_NUMBER_OF_GASSES

LPG_GAS_TYPE1

LPG_GAS_PERC1

LPG_GAS_TYPE2

LPG_GAS_PERC2

LPG_GAS_TYPE3

LPG_GAS_PERC3

LPG_GAS_TYPE4

LPG_NUMBER_OF_PINS

LPG_PIN1_CONFIGURATION

LPG_PIN2_CONFIGURATION

LPG_PIN3_CONFIGURATION

LPG_PIN_TEMPERATURE

LPG_PIN_TEMP_EXP_PPM

LPG_CORRECTION_ERROR

LPG_CORRECTION_STATUS

LPG_USED_GAS_PRESSURE

LPG_USED_GAS_PRESSURE_STA

TUS

LPG_USED_GAS_TEMP

LPG_USED_GAS_TEMP_STATUS

LPG_VERIFICATION_STATE

LPG_VERIFICATION_FAILURES

LPG_VERIFICATION_WARNINGS

LPG_VER_PIN1_MEAS

LPG_VER_PIN2_MEAS

LPG_VER_PIN3_MEAS

LPG_USER_GASPRESS_VALUE

LPG_USER_GASTEMP_VALUE

LPG_VERPIN_CORRPOS_1

LPG_VERPIN_CORRPOS_2

LPG_VERPIN_CORRPOS_3

LPG_CORR_PPM

DEVICE_COMMAND

LENGTH_UNIT

PRESSURE_UNIT

TEMPERATURE_UNIT

SIGNAL_STRENGTH_UNIT

A directory that specifies the number, starting indices, and DD Item ID’s of the data collections in each transducer within a transducer block.

Special Control

Correction method

Number of gases

Gas type 1

Percentage of gas type 1 in mixture of gases

Gas type 2

Percentage of gas type 2 in mixture of gases

Gas type 3

Percentage of gas type 3 in mixture of gases

Gas type 4

Number of verification pins in the Still-pipe

Nominal position of Verification pin 1

Nominal position of Verification pin 2

Nominal position of Verification pin 3

Ambient temperature when Verification Pin nominal position was entered.

Expansion coefficient of still-pipe with verification pin

Correction error

Correction status

Gas pressure

Gas pressure status

Gas temperature

Status of gas temperature measurement

Measured position of verification pin 1

Measured position of verification pin 2

Measured position of verification pin 3

Nominal position of verification pin 1

Nominal position of verification pin 2

Nominal position of verification pin 3

Pipe expansion coefficient

Command

Measurement unit for length, see “Supported

Units” on page C-27.

Measurement unit for pressure, see “Supported

Units” on page C-27

Measurement unit for temperature, see

“Supported Units” on page C-27

Measurement unit for signal strength, see

“Supported Units” on page C-27

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-25

Rosemount 5900S Series

C.8.1

Correction

Method

Table C-23. Identification number for various LPG correction methods

Value

0

1

2

3

4

100

101

C.8.2

Gas Type

Table C-24. Identification number for various gas types

Value

11

12

13

14

7

8

9

10

5

6

3

4

0

1

2

100

101

102

Description

Air correction

One known gas

One or more unknown gases

Two gases, unknown mix ratio

Stable composition

Correction method 100

Correction method 101

Description

User gas 0

User gas 1

Default gas

Ammonia

N-Buthane

Isobuthane

Ethylene

Propadiene

Propylene

Propane

Air

Pentane

Isobuthylene

Chloroethylene

Nitrogen

LPG Gas 100

LPG Gas 101

LPG Gas 102

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

C-26

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

C.9 SUPPORTED UNITS

C.9.1

Unit Codes

Table C-25. Length units

ID

1010

1012

1013

1018

1019

Table C-26. Level Rate units

ID

1061

1063

1067

1069

1073

Table C-27. Temperature units

ID

1000

1001

1002

Table C-28. Signal Strength units

ID

1243

Table C-29. Volume units

ID

1034

1043

1048

1051

Rosemount 5900S Series

Display

m cm mm ft in

Display

m/s m/h ft/s in/m ft/h

Display

K

°C

°F

Display

mV

Display

m

3 ft

3

Gallon

Bbl

Description

meter centimeter millimeter feet inch

Description

meter / second meter / hour feet / second inch / minute feet / hour

Description

Kelvin

Degree Celsius

Degree Fahrenheit

Description

millivolt

Description

Cubic meter

Cubic feet

US gallon

Barrel

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

C-27

Rosemount 5900S Series

Table C-30. Pressure units

ID

1130

1133

1137

1138

1140

1141

1590

1597

Display

Pa kPa

Bar mBar atm psi bar G bar A

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Description

Pascal

Kilo Pascal

Bar

Millibar

Atmospheres pounds / sqaure inch bar Gauge relative bar Absolute

C-28

Appendix C. F

OUNDATION

Fieldbus Block Information

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Numerics

2160 Field Communication Unit

2-8

2410

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2410 Tank Hub

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

475 Field Communicator Menu Tree

4-55

475 Menu Tree

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

5300 Guided Wave Radar

. . . . 2-9

5400 Radar Level Transmitter

. 2-9

5900S Radar Level Gauge

. . . . 2-8

Foundation fieldbus

. . . . . . 4-3

644 Temperature Transmitter

. 4-22

A

Active Alerts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Active alerts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Adaptive Filter

. . . 4-18

,

4-19

,

4-71

Advanced configuration

4-15

,

4-65

Advanced Configuration Transducer

Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Advanced Parameter Source

. 4-21

ADVISE_ACTIVE

. . . . . . . . . . 4-54

ADVISE_ALM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

ADVISE_ENABLE

. . . . . . . . . 4-54

ADVISE_MASK

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

ADVISE_PRI

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

AI Block

Configuration

. . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Parameters

ALARM_TYPE

. . . . . 4-47

BLOCK_ERR

. . . . . . 6-25

IO_OPTS

. . . . . . . . . 4-45

L_TYPE

. . . . . . . . . . 4-45

LOW_CUT

. . . . . . . . 4-45

OUT_D

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

OUT_SCALE

. . . . . . 4-45

PV_FTIME

. . . . . . . . 4-44

VAR_INDEX

. . . . . . . 4-47

VAR_SCAN

. . . . . . . 4-47

XD_SCALE

. . . . . . . 4-45

Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

AI blocks factory supplied

. . . . . . . . 4-42

pre-configured

. . . . . . . . . 4-42

Air Correction

. . . . . . . . 4-28

,

4-79

Alarm priority

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

ALARM_TYPE

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Rosemount 5900S Series

Index

Alert Setup

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72

Alerts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

Always Track First Echo

4-16

,

4-69

AMS Device Manager

. . . 4-56

,

5-3

device status

. . . . . . . . . . 6-30

AMS Suite viewing measurement data

5-3

Analog Input (AI) Block

. .4-35

,

C-6

Analog Input Block

. . . . . . . . . 4-35

Analog Output blocks

. . . . . . . 4-48

Analog Output Function Block

4-36

Antenna Feeder

. . . . . . 3-24

,

3-30

Antenna Types

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

AO Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Arithmetic (ARTH) Function Block

4-35

Array antenna

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

tank geometry

. . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Asphalt

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

,

3-6

ATEX

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-5

B

Backup database

. . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Backup file

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Bitumen

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

,

3-6

Block Configuration

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

Block Execution Times

. . . . . . 4-38

BLOCK_ERR

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

Bottom Echo Visible if Tank is Empty

4-14

C

Calibrate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Calibration data

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Calibration Data button

. . . . . . 4-31

Calibration Distance

4-9

,

4-29

,

4-33

Calibration function

. . . . . . . . . 4-29

C-distance

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

,

4-60

CE Marking

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Channel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Close Distance

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Config Pins button

. . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Configuration

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

Analog Input (AI) Function Block

OUT_SCALE

. . . . . . .4-41

XD_SCALE

. . . . . . . .4-41

Analog Output (AO) Function Block

XD_SCALE

. . . . . . . .4-48

Channel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42

L_TYPE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Indirect

. . . . . .4-41

,

4-42

Configure Diagnostic Registers

.6-7

Configure reference pins

. . . . .4-25

Control Selector Function Block

4-36

Correction button

. . . . . .4-23

,

4-28

Correction Factor

. . . . . . . . . . .4-29

Correction methods

. . . .4-28

,

4-83

D

Database backup

. . . . . . . . . . . .6-5

Database upload

. . . . . . . . . . . .6-6

DD Methods

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56

Default Database

. . . . . . . . . . .6-14

DEFINE_WRITE_LOCK

. . . . .4-50

Deflection Plate

. . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

DeltaV

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-77

DETAILED_STATUS

. . . . . . . .6-24

Device Live List

. . . . . . . . . . . .6-15

Device programming

. . . . . . . . .6-9

Device Status

. . . . . . . .6-28

,

6-30

Diagnostic device alert

. . . . . C-16

Diagnostic Registers configure

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

logging

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Diagnostics

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

Dip hatch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29

Dipping Datum Plate

. . . . . . . . .4-8

Dipping Datum Point

. . . .4-8

,

4-60

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

,

4-42

Direct Signal Conversion

. . . . .4-45

Distance Filter Factor

. .4-18

,

4-71

E

Echo Curve

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66

Echo Peaks

. . . . . . . . . .4-66

,

4-68

Echo Threshold Settings

4-66

,

4-67

Echo Time Out

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16

www.rosemount-tg.com

Rosemount 5900S Series

Echo Timeout

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16

Echo Tracking

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69

Empty Tank

. . . . . . . . . . 4-11

,

4-70

Empty Tank Detection Area

. 4-11

,

4-14

,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70

Empty Tank Handling

. . 4-11

,

4-70

Empty tank handling level alarm

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Empty Tank Handling window

. 4-11

Engineering Units

. . . . . . . . . .4-42

Environment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15

Extension Pipe

. . . . . . . . . . . .3-18

External Cabling

. . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Extra Echo

Max Distance

. . . . . . . . . .4-12

Min Amplitude

. . . . . . . . .4-12

Min Distance

. . . . . . . . . .4-12

Extra Echo Detection

. .4-12

,

4-70

F

Factory configuration function blocks

. . . . . . . . .4-40

FAILED_ACTIVE

. . . . . . . . . . .4-52

FAILED_ALM

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

FAILED_ENABLE

. . . . . . . . . .4-52

FAILED_MASK

. . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

FAILED_PRI

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

FCU

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

FEATURE_SEL

. . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

Field Communication Unit

. . . . .2-8

Field Communicator Menu Tree

4-55

Filter Factor

. . . . . . . . . . 4-18

,

4-71

Filter Settings

. . . . . . . .4-18

,

4-71

Filtering

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44

FISCO

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45

Flange Ball

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

FM symbol

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Foam

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15

Foundation fieldbus

3-45

,

4-3

,

4-56

modes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39

Free space

Horn Antenna

. . . . . . . . . . .3-5

LPG/LNG Antenna

. . . . . .3-17

Still-pipe Array Antenna

. .3-12

Function Block

Analog Input

. . . . . . . . . . .4-35

Analog Output

. . . . . . . . .4-36

Arithmetic

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35

Control Selector

. . . . . . . .4-36

Input Selector

. . . . . . . . . .4-35

Instantiation

. . . . . . . . . . .4-40

Integrator

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36

Output Splitter

. . . . . . . . .4-36

PID

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35

Signal Characterizer

. . . .4-36

G

Gauge Reference Distance (G)

4-8

Gauge Reference Point

. . 4-6

,

4-8

Gauge Software upgrade

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Glands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Guided Setup window

. . . . . . 4-57

H

Hand dip plate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Hand dip tape

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Hand dipping

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

HARDW_LOCK

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Hold Off Distance

. . . . . . . 4-6

,

4-8

Holding Registers

. . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Viewing

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Horn Antenna Gauge flanges

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

radar beam

. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

transmitter head

. . . . . . . 3-20

I

Inclination

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

parabolic antenna

. . . . . . . 3-6

Inclination requirements

. . . . . . 3-7

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

,

4-42

Indirect Signal Conversion

. . . 4-45

ini files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Inner diameter

Still Pipe

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Input Registers

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Input Selector (SEL) Function Block

4-35

Instantiation

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Integrator (INT) Function Block

4-36

Integrator Block

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Inventory calculations

. . . . . . . 2-8

IO_OPTS

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

J

Jump Filter

. . . . . . . . . . 4-18

,

4-71

L

L_TYPE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

LAS

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Least Square

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Least Square Filter

. . . 4-19

,

4-71

Level Alarm is not set

. . . . . . .4-11

Link Active Scheduler

. . . . . . 4-38

Live List

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Loading default database

. . . 6-14

Index-2

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Log Scheduling

. . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Log Setup button

. . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

Logging

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

LOW_CUT

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Low-loss radar mode

. . . . . . . 2-11

LPG application example

. . . . 4-49

LPG applications

. . . . . . . . . . 4-77

LPG Configuration

. . . . . . . . . 4-77

Calibrate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Calibration Distance

. . . . 4-24

configure pins

. . . . . . . . . 4-25

correction method

. . . . . . 4-28

reference pins

. . . . . . . . . 4-25

Vapor Pressure Source

. . 4-21

Vapor Temperature

. . . . . 4-21

verify

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

LPG correction methods

4-28

,

4-83

LPG Correction window

. . . . . 4-28

LPG measurements

. . . . . . . . 4-20

LPG Setup

. . . . . . . . . . 4-23

,

4-78

LPG Setup window

. . . . . . . . . 4-23

LPG Verify Pins window

. . . . . 4-27

LPG/LNG Gauge calibration

. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

extension pipe

. . . . . . . . . 3-18

Still Pipe

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Verification Pin

. . . . . . . . 3-13

LPG-Hybrid Transducer Block

4-35

M

MAINT_ACTIVE

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

MAINT_ALM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

MAINT_ENABLE

. . . . . . . . . . 4-53

MAINT_MASK

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

MAINT_PRI

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53

Maintenance option

. . . . . . . . 6-30

MAX_NOTIFY

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Measured Position field

. . . . . 4-27

Measurement Setup

Antenna

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58

Geometry

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

Tank Shape

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-61

Measurement Setup wizard

. . 4-57

Measurement Transducer Block

4-34

Menu Tree

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Minimum Level Distance (C)

4-8

,

4-60

Modes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

N

Nominal position

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Nozzle height

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Nozzle Requirements

. . . . . . . . 3-8

O

Obstacles

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

OUT_D

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

OUT_SCALE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

L_TYPE

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Output Splitter Function Block

4-36

P

Parabolic Antenna flange requirements

. . . . . . 3-6

free space

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

inclination requirements

. . 3-7

Parabolic Antenna Gauge inclination

. . . . . . . . 3-6

,

3-28

Parabolic Reflector

. . . . . . . . . 3-24

Parameter

CHANNEL

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

L_TYPE

. . . . . . . . . 4-41

,

4-42

OUT_SCALE

. . . . . . . . . . 4-41

XD_SCALE

. . . . . . 4-41

,

4-48

PID Function Block

. . . . . . . . . 4-35

Pin Verification button

. . . . . . . 4-82

Pipe Diameter

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Pipe diameter

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

Pipe Inner Diameter

. . . . . . . . 3-10

Pipe inner diameter

. . . . . . . . 4-29

Pipe schedule

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

PlantWeb Alarms default configuration

. . . . 4-76

PlantWeb Alerts

. 4-52

,

6-26

,

6-27

advisory alarms

. . . . . . . . 4-54

default settings

. . . . . . . . 4-76

failed_alarms

. . . . . . . . . . 4-52

maint_alarms

. . . . . . . . . . 4-53

recommended actions

. . . 4-54

simulation

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Plantweb Alerts

. . . . . . . 4-72

,

6-27

Power supply

Foundation fieldbus

. . . . . 3-45

Predefined

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Priority

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Process Alarm

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Product Certifcates

. . . . . . . . . . B-1

Product Dielectric Range

. . . . 4-15

Program option

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

PV_FTIME

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

R

Radar beam

Horn Antenna Gauge

. . . . 3-4

Parabolic Antenna Gauge

3-8

,

3-9

Rapid Level Changes

. . . . . . . 4-15

Recommended Actions

. . . . . 4-54

Rosemount 5900S Series

RECOMMENDED_ACTION parameter

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

Recover backup database

. . . . 6-6

Reference pin

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Reference Pins

. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Reference pins

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Register Log Scheduling

. 6-7

,

6-13

Register Transducer Block

. . . 4-34

Relay functions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Relays

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Reset_to _factory_setting

. . . . 6-14

Resource Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

PlantWeb Alerts

Recommended Actions

6-29

PlantWeb™ Alarms

. . . . . 4-52

advisory alarms

. . . . 4-54

failed_alarms

. . . . . . 4-52

maint_alarms

. . . . . . 4-53

Restart Measurement button

. 4-63

S

Save Database to File

. . . . . . . . 6-4

Search Speed

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Segment Coupler

. . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Signal Characterizer (SGCR) Function

Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Signal Conversion

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

SIMULATE switch

. . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Simulation

. . . . . . . . . . . .4-43

,

C-8

Slot area

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Slow Search

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

SOFTW_LOCK

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Start Programming

. . . . . . . . . . 6-9

Status

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Still Pipe

LPG/LNG Gauge

. . . . . . . 3-13

slot area

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Still pipe

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Still pipe array antenna

. . . . . . 2-11

Still Pipe Gauge

Flange Requirements

. . . 3-11

pipe diameter

. . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Recommended Installation

3-11

Still Pipe inner diameter

. . . . . 3-10

Still Pipe Requirements

. . . . . . 3-10

Still-pipe array antenna

. . . . . . 3-10

Surface Echo Tracking

. 4-16

,

4-69

Symbols

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

T

Tank Diameter

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Tank Distances

Minimum Level Distance (C)

4-8

Tank Reference Height (R)

4-8

Tank Echo curve

. . . . . . . . . . .4-10

Tank geometry

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7

Array antenna

. . . . . . . . . . .4-7

Tank geometry parameters

. . . .4-6

Tank Length

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64

Tank Reference Height

. . . . . .4-60

Tank Reference Height (R)

. . . .4-8

Tank Reference Point

. . . . . . . .4-8

Tank Scan

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

Tank Scan window

. . . . . . . . .4-10

Tank Shape

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15

TankMaster

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

TankMaster WinSetup

. . . . . . . .4-3

TankMaster Winsetup

. . . . . . . .4-5

Turbulent Surface

. . . . . . . . . .4-15

U

Upgrade gauge software

. . . . . .6-8

Upload Database

. . . . . . . . . . . .6-6

V

Vapor Pressure Source

. . . . . .4-21

Vapor Temperature

. . . . . . . . .4-21

VAR_INDEX

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47

VAR_SCAN

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47

VCR

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38

Verification Pin

3-13

,

4-20

,

4-26

,

4-81

Verification pin

. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

threshold value

. . . . . . . . .4-26

Verify Pins button

. . . . . . . . . .4-27

View Diagnostic Registers

. . . . .6-7

Viewing Input and Holding Registers predefined

. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Volume

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

,

4-34

Volume Calculation Method

. . .4-64

Volume tab

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64

W

Warnings

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20

WinOpi

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

WinSetup

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

,

4-3

Write Protect window

. . . . . . . .6-10

Write protection switch

. . . . . .6-12

WRITE_LOCK

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

X

XD_SCALE

. . . . . . . . . .4-41

,

4-48

AI Block

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45

L_TYPE

Direct

. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Indirect

. . . . . . . . . . .4-42

Index-3

Rosemount 5900S Series

Z

Zero Level

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60

Zero level

. . . . . . . . .4-6

,

4-8

,

4-60

Zero Reference

. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Index-4

Reference Manual

00809-0100-5900, Rev CA

June 2014

Rosemount 5900S Series

Rosemount and the Rosemount logotype are trademarks of Rosemount Inc.

HART is a trademark of the HART Communication Foundation.

PlantWeb is a trademark of one of the Emerson Process Management group of companies.

AMS Suite is a trademark of Emerson Process Management.

F

OUNDATION

is a trademark of the Fieldbus Foundation.

VITON, and Kalrez are trademarks of DuPont Performance Elastomers.

Hastelloy is a trademark of Haynes International.

Monel is a trademark of International Nickel Co.

All other marks are the property of their respective owners.

Emerson Process Management

Rosemount Tank Gauging

Box 130 45

SE-402 51 Göteborg

SWEDEN

Tel (International): +46 31 337 00 00

Fax (International): +46 31 25 30 22

E-mail: [email protected]

www.rosemount-tg.com

© 2014 Rosemount Tank Radar AB. All rights reserved.

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents